SHARP UP5350UB, UP-5350 Service Manual

Download

Page 1

SERVICE MANUAL

POS TERMINAL

MODEL UP-5350

"U" Version "UB" Version

Color of Cabinet parts Gray 282 (light gray) Gray 35 (dark gray)

CONTENTS

■INTRODUCTION Explanation of modifications

CHAPTER 1. SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................1 - 1

CHAPTER 2. OPTIONS................................................................................2 - 1

CHAPTER 3. SERVICE P RE CA UT ION........................................................3 - 1

CHAPTER 4. UP-535 0 D IAGNOSTICS SPECIFIC ATIONS.........................4 - 1

CHAPTER 5. CIRCUIT DE SC RIPTION........................................................5 - 1

CHAPTER 6. BIOS SETU P UTILITY............................................................6 - 1

CHAPTER 7. ABOUT UTILITY SOFTWARE AND OTHER S.......................7 - 1

CHAPTER 8. CIRCUIT DIA GR AM................................................................8 - 1

CHAPTER 9. PWB LAYOU T.........................................................................9 - 1

PARTS GUIDE

Parts marked with " " are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with specified ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set.

This document has been published to be used

SHARP CORPORATION

for after sales service only. The contents are subject to chang e w ithout notice.

Page 2

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

-->

BATTERY DISPOSAL

Contains Nickel Metal Hydride Battery. Must be Disposed of Properly.

Contact Local Environmental Officials for Disposal Instructions.

Page 3

■INTRODUCTION Explanation of modifications

Changes in association with production discontinuance of NeoMagic Graphics Controller

1. APPLICABLE MODELS

MODEL NAME VERSION:CABINET COLOR PRODUCTION PERIOD

UP-5350 U : Gray282 (Light gray) From Oct. 2000 UP-5350 UB : Gray3.5 (Dark gray) New products (1st lot produced in Oct.)

2. OUTLINE

In association with production di scontinuance of NeoMag ic Grap hi cs Controllers, Silicon Motion Inc. Graphics Controllers will be incorporated.

OLD NEW

PARTS CODE

SOURCE MAKER NeoMagic Silicon Motion Inc

Along with this change, a new function is also add ed so th at th e sta nd ard intern al FDD may become detachable. For this new function, refer to item 3-4 ).

3. DESCRIPTIONS OF CHANGE

As a result of the Graphics Controller change, those changes described in items 1) - 5) will also be im pl emented.

1) VGA PWB UNIT change

As a result of the Graphics Controller change, the VGA PWB UNIT will also be changed.

PARTS NAME OLD NEW

VGA PWB UNIT

2) MAIN PWB UNIT change

In parallel with the VGA PWB unit change, the Main PWB unit will also be changed as follows:

PARTS NAME OLD NEW

MAIN PWB UNIT

• IRQ5 will be assign ed to the new Graphics Controller,

CHIPSET signal (PIRQ5) and No. 77 pin of VGA PWB UNIT connector (CN11) will be conn ecte d.

3) BIOS ROM Change

Since the BIOS PROGRAM must be updated from Version 1.0A to Version 1 .0B to sup port the new Grap hics Cont roll er, the BI OS MASTER ROM will be change d a s fol lo ws:

PARTS NAME OLD NEW BIOS MASTER

ROM

You can check the BIOS version in the following system start up screen, which is displayed when unit is powered on.

(Version 1.0A) (Version 1.0B)

Old BIOS Version 1.0A

Phoenix NoteBIOS

SHARP POS Terminal Firmware Version 1.0A 0000640K System RAM Passed

0031744K Extended RAM Passed 0512K Cache SRAM Passed Fixed Disk 0 : Identified

4.0.0

New BIOS Version 1.0B

Phoenix NoteBIOS

SHARP POS Terminal Firmware Version 1.0B 0000640K System RAM Passed

0031744K Extended RAM Passed 0512K Cache SRAM Passed Fixed Disk 0 : Identified

4.0.1

4) The SYSTEM SWITCH-1, will be enhanced.

The new BIOS al lows the standar d internal FDD to become detatchable, "FDD: Exist/Not Exist" will become selectable with SYSTEM SWITCH: DSW-1.

SYSTEM SWITCH:DSW-1

Function

FDD Exist Not exist

To detach the FDD drive, turn ON this SWITCH. *Important:The new BIOS may only be used on units using the Silicon

Motion video controller (Since Oct. production)

OFF

(value=1)

(value=0)

Page 4

5) Software

A new Display driver will be released to support the Graphics Controller.

Windows 98 Second Edition

OLD NEW

FILE NAME DESCRIPTION FILE NAME DESCRIPTION NMGC5VD2.VxD VGA Virtual Device Driver SMVD D.VxD VG A Virtual Device Driver NMGC5VDD.VxD VGA Virtual Device Driver SMDRV.DRV VGA Device Driver NMGC5.DRV VGA Device Driver SMI.INF VGA Driver information file NMGC5VPM.DRV VGA Device Driver SMDD32.DLL VGA Driver library NMGC5.INF VGA Driver information file SMI.CAT VGA Driver catalog file NEOMAGIC.HLP VGA Driver help file NEOMAGIC.DLL VGA Driver library NMGC5_16.DLL VGA Driver library NMGC5_32.DLL VGA Driver library NMGCDD5.DLL VGA Driver library TSB.DLL VGA Driver library

Windows NT Workstation 4.0

OLD NEW

FILE NAME DESCRIPTION FILE NAME DESCRIPTION NEO20XX.SYS VGA Device Driver SMIMINI.SYS VGA Device Driver NEOMAFIC.INF VGA Driver information file SMISETUP.INF VGA Driver information file NEOMAGIC.HLP VGA Driver help file SMIDISP.DLL VGA Driver library NEO20XX.DLL VGA Driver library FRAMEBUF.DLL VGA Driver library NEOMAGIC.DLL VGA Driver library TSB.DLL VGA Driver library

4. COMPATIBILITY

1) Compatibility between new and old parts

The following parts must be used on ly in the fo llow in g co mbina t ions a s follo ws. N ew and Old parts can not to coexist in the sam e unit.

ITEM OLD NEW Remarks VGA PWB UNIT MAIN PWB UNIT (BIOS Version ) Version 1.0A Version 1.0B Refer to item 3-3). (SYSTEM SWITCH-1 function) Don’t care FDD:Exist / Not Exist Refer to item 3-4) Display driver OLD NEW Refer to item 3-5) IRQ restriction IRQ5 is availab le. IRQ 5 is use d b y System Refer to item 4-2)

When you service the units in the field, take special care not to install the combination of an old Main PWB and a new VGA PWB or a new Main PWB and an old VGA PWB. Please modify Main PWB’s in the following methods:

To modify Main PWB’s from old to new, please refer to item 5-1) please refer to item 5-1) How to modify old Main PWB’s to new Main PWB’s. With this modification implemented, old Main PWB’s function as new Main PWB’s.

To modify Main PWB’s from new to old, please refer to item 5-2) How to modify new Main PWB’s to old Main PWB’s With this modification implemented, new Main PWB’s function as old Main PWB’s.

Important: The old VGA PWB’s cannot be modified to the new VGA PWB’s, or vice ve rsa.

Refer to items 2 and 3-1). Refer to item 3-2).

Page 5

2) IRQ signal compatibility

The old Graphics Controller does not use an IRQ, while the new Graphics Controller uses IRQ5. To avoid IRQ collisions, Please assign IRQ’s other than IRQ5 to the other devices. The following chart shows IRQ’s available to optional devices.

IRQ’s available to optional

devices.

IRQ7 LPT1 IRQ10 COM4 IRQ11 COM3 IRQ12 Ethernet/SCSI

Recommended devices for

UP-5350

5. HOW TO MODIFY MAIN PWB’s

1) How to modify old Main PWB’s to new MAIN PWB’s

A) Connect a jumper w ir e .

Connect the No. 77 pin of VGA Connector (CN11) on Main PWB side A to the solder pad (PAD2 in JR100) supplying IRQ5 on Main PWB side B by soldering a jumper wire. (For more information, refer to the PWB layout.)

B) Change a capaci tor.

Change the capacitance of the Capacitor C536 on the Main PWB B side from 0.1

0.1

F : VCKYTV1HF104Z -> 1000Pf VCKYTV1HB102K

C) Update the BIOS version.

Rewrite the BIOS to update the version to 1.0B to support the new Graphics Controller.

To rewrit e t he B IO S p rog r am, pl ea se ref e r t o p ag es 2-6 "W r iti ng BI OS ROM Program".

F to 1000 pF.

2) How to modify new Main PWB’s to old Main PWB’s

A) Modify BIOS program

Rewrite the BIOS to modify the version to 1.0A to support the old Graphics Controller.

There is no need to change the capacitor C536 to 0.1 To rewrite the BIOS program, refer to pages 2-6 "Writing BIOS ROM

Program".

Page 6

3) PWB LAYOUT

Page 7

Page 8

12345678

(5/21)

VCC3

VCC2R5

1 3

JP501

FB560

BFD3580R2F

VCC3_GC

VCC5

2 1

IC34F

4069

13 12

IC34E

4069

IC34D

4069

9 8

IC34C

4069

5 6

14PIN --- VCC3

PCICLK2

R544

R14

10k

GND4GND11GND17GND

VCC5

PERR#

STOP#

RSTDRV#

VCC3_GC

PERR#

RSTDRV#

C546

120p

MK1492-04

R208

VCON

RXD7

22k

RXD7

PCICLK3

R545

C547

120p

FS32K

OSC32K

R1147R13

C20

27p

IC34B

4069

3 4

IC34A

VCC3

VR2

20k VR

BLON

PIRQ5

+12V

VR2-2

VR1

R580

20k VR

22.1kF

32.768KHz

C18

R209

1 2

18p

8.2k

Add

R207

4069

2.32kF

R9 10M

R12 470k

C19

15p

FS14M

FSCLK

CPUCLK

CLK_L2

R527

OSC14M

R18 33

R17 33

R15 33

R19 33

HOST210HOST312HOST4

F1(PEN)

EHOST1

14.3(OE)

XI2XO

IC39

R22

10M

C28

22p

B F

FB133

BLM21

VCC3

C/BE#0

C/BE#2

AD30

AD28

AD26

AD24

SDCLK6SDATA7PCISTP#16CPUS#15VDD1VDD20VDD26VDD_HOST1,29VDD_HOST3,4

R21

R20

MA-406

14.3181MHz

C27

22p

C221

1000p

C224

0.1u

C225

10u

B F

FB132

VCC_CPIO

VCC5

AD22

AD20

AD18

AD16

AD14

AD12

10k

R210

C25

C523

HOST5,7

BLM21

AD10

PCICLK

R16

C23

10p

HOST6,8(DS)

1000p

0.1u

120p

PCI(FS)

PCIF(LE)

PCI(SEL1)

PCI(CSSS)

48M/14M(SEL0)

TRDY#

FRAME#

BR36

10kX4

4 3 2 1

AD4

AD2

AD0

OSC14M

FRAME#

TRDY#

STOP#

10p

C24 2

C26

10p

R211 10k

C223 2

C220

5 6 7 8

AD8

AD6

4) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

BR49

10kX4

VCC5

5 6 7 8

C/BE#

3 2 1 0

C/BE#[0..3]

1-1-5. VGA CONNECTOR

414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364656667686970717273

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839

CN11

VCC5

C/BE#3

C/BE#1

AD31

AD29

AD27

AD25

AD23

AD21

AD19

AD17

AD[0..31]

AD15

VCC5

AD13

AD11

AD5

AD3

AD1

OSC32K

BR38

10kX4

IRDY#

DEVSEL#

PCICLK2

4 3 2 1

IRDY#

DEVSEL#

AD9

AD7

5 6 7 8

CPAR

SERR#

VCC3

FANON

TXD7

FANON

7576777879

VR2-1

BGNT#

TXD7

BGNT#

BREQ#

+12V

R541

R540

IC34 : 7PIN --- GND

53489-0809

10k

VCC5

8 7 6 5 4

Page 9

12345678

(6/21)

C548

X1 2X2

AD0

AD1

AD2

1,2,3

R581

4Q7Si9430

EXT

SHDN

32.768kHz

VCC2R5

C31

150u/6.3V OS(SL)

C32

OS(SL)

150u/6.3V

R25

100KF

R24

L3 39uH

OUT

150KF

5,6

7,8

SFPB72

GND

MAX1651

C549

TP2

GND

SQW

EXTRAM

MOT

INT#

RST#

R/W#

CS#

BQ3285ESS

18DS 17

15AS 14

2 1

RTC

VCC2

(VOUT1=1.9V)

R534

0.010

1/2W(RL3720W)

D501

SFPB54

L501

10uH

RCH-108

TG1

FLTCPL

RUN/SS1

SENSE+

IC506

C526

1000p

C525

180p

Q501B

10u/6.3V

(GRM225)

FDS8963A

Q501A

FDS8963A

C537

0.1u

SW1

BOOST1

SENSE-

VOSENSE1

R528

49.9kF

R535

VIN

BG1

FREQSET

STBYMD

VCC5

(VIN=5V)

C542

C543

220uF/4V OS(SP)

150uF/6.3V OS(SP)

C551

C552

10u/6.3V

(GRM225)

C539

0.1u C540

4.7u/16V

GRM230

D503

RB501V-40

D504

RB501V-40

C541

BG2

PGND

INTVCC

EXTVCC

FCB

ITH1

SGND

3.3VOUT

TP504

C530

1000p

C531

33p

VCC3

(VOUT2=3.3V)

R536

0.010

D502

SFPB54

Q502B

FDS8963A

Q502A

FDS8963A

C544

0.1u

BOOST2

ITH2

C533

C532

33p

1/2W(RL3720W)

L502

10uH

RCH-108

TG2

SW2

RUN/SS2

VCC5

VOSENSE2

SENSE2-

SENSE+

LTC1628CG

VRAM

C535

1000p

2 1

C534

R533

180p

63.4kF

C550

22u/10V

GRM235

C14

100u/10V OS(SA)

VCC5

C160

0.1u

R23

0.22F

V+

REF

IC41

C35

0.1u

C242

TP1

R166

10k

RCL#

VCC

RCL#

AD3

AD4

AD5

AD6

AD7

IC27

1-1-6. RTC

36kF

C524

R529

0.1u

PWRGOOD

15k

R530

C529

0.01u

C528

0.01u

15k

20kF

C536

R531

0.1u

R532

SD7

SD6

SD5

SD4

SD3

SD2

SD1

SD0

VCC5

R165

New

Old

1000pF

SD[0..7]

0.01µF

10k

RTCAS

RTCRD#

RTCWR#

IRQ8#

RSTDRV#

IRQ8#

RTCAS

RTCRD#

RTCWR#

RSTDRV#

8 7 6 5 4

Page 10

CHAPTER 1. SPECIFICATIONS

1. APPEARANCE

Brightness control

Contrast control

Power switch

Operator display (touch panel)

Power indicator

Money checking space

Floppy disk drive

3-2. KEYBOARD

TOUCH PANEL

ITEM SPECIFICATIONS NOTE Type Touch key (Analog touch panel) Number of

key positions Control Mouse emulation

4096 (W) x 4096 (H) positio ns

POS KEY PAD

Option (UP-C30PK)

ITEM SPECIFICATION NOTE Type POS rising ke ybo ard Number of

keys

Key layout

Standard 27 keys

Numeric keys : 11 keys ( 1 to 9,0 an d 0 0) Capped keys : 16 keys (Key labels are local ly

purchased.)

Maximum 30 keys (6x5 matrix)

(Changing key layout by using ER-11KT7/12KT7/22KT7)

789

AC cord

AC CORD

Plug your POS terminal into a wall outlet before using.

POWER SWITCH

Set the power switch to the ON ( I ) position after plugging your POS terminal.

2. RATING

ITEM SPECIFICATIONS

External dimensions 11.8 (W) x 16.3 (D) x 13.3 (H) in. approximately

(298.5 (W) x 415 (D) x 337 (H) mm ) Weight Approximately 15.5lb. (7.0 kg) Power source 100 - 120V AC Power consumption Operating : 74W Working temperature

and humidity

32 to 104 °F (0 to 40°C)

10%, 60 Hz

3. HARDWARE

3-1. DISPLAY

ITEM SPECIFICATION NOTE

Type DSTN color LCD with back light High color(16bit)

display Screen size 12.1" full screen Dot format 800(W) x 3(RGB) x 600 (H) dots Dot size 0.0825 x RGB(W) x 0.28 25 (H) m m Control SVGA With 4MB

video RAM

456 123

000

3-3. PC SYSTEM

ITEM SPECIFICATIONS NOTE

CPU MMX Pentium

Chip set FireStar Plus:

Graphic controller VGAC:

Main memory (for executing MS-DOS, Application software)

Video RAM 4 Mbytes VGAC Embedded

BIOS ROM 512 Kbytes Flash ROM Keyboard controller M38802M270 Super I/O M5113 A2 POS system controller PSC2 : LZ9AM22

processor

82C700U3.2

SM712GM04 Standard : 32

Mbytes Max. : 96 Mbytes adding S.O.DIMM

266MHz

EDO type

SGRAM

Page 11

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

-->

3-4. SERIAL PORT

D-SUB 9-pin connector COM1 and COM2 are eq ui pped. In order to supply +5V power, CI signal and +5V power supply of COM1 and COM2 can be switched. 2 channels of RJ45 Connector COM port are equipped. COM3 and COM4 or original I/O address (COM5 and COM6) can be selected as the 2 channels of RJ45 COM port.

COM1 & COM2: D-sub 9 pin

Pin No. Signal Function I/O

1 CD Data Carrier Detect I 2 RD Receive Data I 3 SD Send Data O 4 ER Data Terminal Ready O 5 SG Signal Ground — 6 DR Data set Ready I 7 RS Request to Send O 8 CS Clear to Send I 9 CI/+5V Ring Indicate / +5V I/–

COM3 or COM5: Modular jack RJ45 8 pin

Pin No. Signal Function I/O

1 RS Request to Send O 2 ER Data terminal Ready I 3 SD Send Data O 4 SG/(+5V) Signal Ground/(+5V) — 5 SG Signal Ground — 6 RD Receive Data I 7 DR Data set Ready I 8 CS Clear to Send I

COM4 or COM6: Modular jack RJ45 8 pin

Pin No. Signal Function I/O

1 RS Request to Send O 2 ER Data terminal Ready I 3 SD Send Data O 4 SG Signal Ground — 5 SG Signal Ground — 6 RD Receive Data I 7 DR Data set Ready I 8 CS Clear to Send I

3-5. EXPANSION SLOT

ISA PC board can built in UP-5350 up to two. 5V PCI board can built in UP -5 350 instead of an ISA PC bo ard . This has to satisfy the power consum pti on .

3-6. SHUTDOWN SWITCH

The shutdown switch is used when the OS or applica tion programs are straying and the system can not return to the normal state.

You must not use this sh utdown s witch whe n the UP- 5350 is r unning normall y. Use th is swit ch only wh en the mai n power sour ce is n ot cut off even if the main unit power switch is set to OFF position. The UP-5350 is turned OFF and the hardware is reset by turning the main power switch OFF and th en pressing the shutdown sw itch .

12345678

Shut down switch

[OUT LINE]

The shutdown switch is a si ng le shu t type . (Normally OFF position) Push ON: This position is used to reset the stand-by mode for

power supply unit during softw are hang ups.

Release OFF: Usually the shutdown switch needs to be set to this

position when the UP-5350 is operating.

[OPERATING METHOD]

The shutdown switch is a push switch. If it is pushed to ON, the UP-5350 stops supplying the power when the power switch is set into stand-by mode.

NOTE:The shutdown operation will be ignored when the power switch

is set to power-on position.

ITEM SPECIFICATION NOTE Type ISA bus & PCI bus Power

consumption ISA board size Half size PC board ER-A8R S, etc. 5V PCI board size Short size PC board (Local

Quantity 2 slots 2 ISA or ISA + PCI

+5V max. 1.0A +12V max. 0.05A

procurement item)

Page 12

3-7. SYSTEM SWITCH

The system switches are used to preset various system configurations.

[OUT LINE]

The system switches consists of DIP switche s.

[DIP SWITCH]

12345678

System switch

The PSC2 simply reads the switched signals from the DIP switch as hardware. The meaning of the switch settings are shown at the right.

1234567 8

ON OFF

: Default setting

DSW-8

Function

Serial3 & 4

decode mode

OFF

(value=1)

COM3 &

COM4

DSW-7

Function COM3 &

COM4 IRQ

assign

(Serial 3 & 4)

OFF

(value=1)

COM3=

IRQ11

COM4=

IRQ10

DSW-6

Function

CMOS

Initialize

OFF

(value=1)

Not Initialize

DSW-5 : Reserved (OFF) DSW-4 : Reserved (OFF) DSW-3

Function

Boot Drive

OFF

(value=1)

Drive A:

DSW-2 : Reserved (OFF) DSW-1

Function

Floppy Disk

Drive

OFF

(value=1)

Exit

ON (value=0)

COM5 &

COM6

ON (value=0)

COM3=

IRQ4

COM4=

IRQ3

ON (value=0)

Initialize

ON (value=0)

Drive C:

ON (value=0)

Not exit

Note : On the UP-5350, DSW-1, -2, -4, and -5 are ig no red .

3-8. POWER SWITCH

Power switch :

Page 13

[OUT LINE]

The power switch has the positions ON and OFF (Stand-by) ON position: Usually the power switch needs to be set to this posi-

tion when the POS-terminal is operated .

OFF position: This position can be used to for the stand-by mode.

When the power switch is set to this position, the power supply stops automatically. But if the software program co ntrols the power supply t o hold, ev en if the power switch is set into this position, the power supply will stay on until the software program allows a power supply to turn OFF.

[OPERATING METHOD]

The power switch is a see-saw switch, and it can be tipped toward the ON or OFF position.

4. SOFTWARE

ITEM SPECIFICATION NOTE

OS provision The OS may be pre-installed.

Available OS Windows 98 Second Edi tio n

Windows NT Work station 4 . 0

Device drivers POS drivers POS device driver Provided from SHARP

Touch panel driver VGA device driver

Additional device driver

BIOS Written to the Flash ROM on the

Main PWB.

Utility software Touch panel calibration utility program Provided from SHARP

Double t a p setup u t il ity progra m POS print e r utility pro gram

Application software

Page 14

CHAPTER 2. OPTIONS

1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Additional DRAM

Memory

Magnetic

Card Reader

UP-E12MR2

Customer Display

UP-I20DP

HDD Unit

PC Keyboard

Drawer

ER-03DW/04W

Host

UP-5350

max.2

Incorporated in Main Unit

(Ethernet)

(RS-232)

RS232 Board

ER-A8RS

Built-in printer

UP-T80BP

In-line Communication Connection

Sub

UP-5350

RS-232 Communication Connection

max.6

Remote Printer

Local Printer <Option> ER-01PU <Local item>

Hand Scanner

ER-A6HS1

PC server

Kitchen video monitor

CAT/EFT

Scale

Customer

Poll Display

UP-P20DP

2. OPTIONS

No. NAME MODEL NAME DESCRRIPTION

1 Customer display UP-I20DP 2 line 20 digits dot display 2 Customer pole display UP-P20DP 2 line 20 digits dot display 3 MCR (Magnetic Card Reader) UP-E12MR2 for ISO 1 & 2 stripe card

Remote drawer ER-03DW 7B/5C

4 5 Receip t/Jou rnal printer ER-01PU 2 station (R/J) the rm al pri nte r 45mm width

6 Built-in printer UP-T80BP 1 station thermal printer 80mm width

RS232 & CENTRO I/F board ER-A8RS RS232 9 pins connector:2 ports

7 8 Han d sca nn er ER-A6HS1 for reading bar co de

9 Key pad UP-C30PK Std. 27 keys, Max. 30 keys

Key kit (Used for key pad : UP-C30PK) ER-11KT7 1 x 1 key top kit

ER-04DW 5B/5C

Centronics 25 pins connector : 1 port

ER-12KT7 1 x 2 key top kit ER-22KT7 2 x 2 key top kit

Coin dispenser

Page 15

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

-->

3. LOCALLY SUPPLIED OPTIONS

No. NAME DESCRIPTION NOTE

1 S.O.DIMM 144pin Small Outline DIMM Max. 64Mbytes *1 2 Hard disk drive 2.5 inch type *2 3 Ethernet Ethernet adapter *3 4 PC keyboard PS/2 type PC keyboard 5 Application softw are 6 Addition al de vice dri vers

*1 Extension RAM module

[Device] 144pin Small Outline DIMM (8Mbytes/16Mbytes/32Mby-

tes/64Mbytes)

[Outline] UP-5350 has a socket as Small Outline DIMM.

The following S.O.DIMM memory specification must be adhered to.

[Specification]

144pin S.O.DIMM

8 Mbytes 16 Mbytes 32 M byte s 64 Mbytes Type EDO type Access time 60 nsec.(or less) Power 3.3V Refresh cycle 1024/16 msec 2048/32 msec. 4096/64 msec. 4096/64 msec. Refresh type CBR Power consumption 700 mA (or less) Other 4 chips x 16Mbits

(1 Mwords x 16 bits)

8 chips x 16Mbits

(2 Mwords x 8 bits)

4 chips x 64Mbits

(4 Mwords x 16 bits)

8 chips x 64Mbits

(8 Mwords x 8 bits)

*2 Hard disk drive

[Device] 2.5 inch type Hard disk drive [Outline] It is necessary to satisfy with 2.5 inch Hard disk drive

specification as follows.

[Specification]

2.5 inch Hard disk drive

Type 1 Type 2 Maker Fujitsu Toshiba Model MHD2021AT MK4313MAT Capacity 2167 Mbytes 4327 Mbytes Interface ATA-4 ATA-4

*3 Ethernet

[Device] Ethernet adapter [Outline] It is necessary to satisfy the Ethernet adapter specifica-

tion as follows.

[Specification]

Ethernet adapter

Type 1 Type 2 Maker 3 Com 3Com Model EtheLink III ISA EtheLink III XL Speed 10 Mbps 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps Interface 16-Bit ISA 5V 32-Bit PCI

Page 16

4. SERVI C E OP TIO N S

No NAME PARTS CODE PRICE DESCRIPTION

1 Connector cable for Dongle (LPT-1)

BL Relay line from Terminal to Dongle

5. SERVICE TOOLS

No. NAME PARTS CODE PRICE DESCRIPTION

1 Service tool kit

2 Printer con ne c tor signal loop back connector 3 MCR test card 4 RS232 loop back connector 5 BI OS loadin g board 6 RS232 mo du la r jack loop back connector 7 BIOS MASTER ROM 8 TOUCH PEN

CW ISA checker

ISA relay board BR for ER-A8RS CENTRONICS connector BE for UP-E12MR2 BC for RS232 connector CS for overwriting BIOS AZ for RJ45 connector

— EP-ROM for overwriting BIOS

5-1. SERVICE TOOL KIT: DKIT-8656BHZZ

1) ISA CHECKER

Used to repair or check the operation of th e o ption al I/F.

• Externa l view

• Plai n view

ISA bus connectors: Used to connect with the I/F PWB of ER-A8RS etc.

Test pins: Used to check the ISA bus signal.

LED circuit: Not used currently.

RAM1A

Connected to the UP-5350 ISA bus connectors.

Page 17

• Connection diagram

ER-A8RS

UP-5350 ISA bus connector

ISA checker

2) ISA RELAY BOARD

Connected to the ISA checker for installation of the optional I/F horizontally and for repairing and checking the opera tio n .

• Externa l view

ER-A8RS solder side

ISA relay board

ISA PWB

ER-A8RS parts side

ISA checker

• Plai n view

ISA bus connector: Used to check the ER-A8RS parts side.

ISA bus connector: Used to check the ER-A8RS solder side.

Connected to the ISA bus connector of ISA checker.

5-2. PRINTER CONNECTOR SIGNAL LOOP CHECK

CABLE: UKOG-6717RCZZ

Connected to the centronics connector (25 pin) of the ER-A8RS, and is used to check loop signals wh en executing diagnostics.

• Externa l view

Page 18

• Plan view and connection diagram

150±8

Signal name Pin No.

1STROBE2DB0 3DB1 4DB2 5DB3 6DB4 7DB5 8DB6

9DB7 10ACK11BUSY 12PE 13SLCT 14AUTOFD15ERROR16INIT17SLCTIN-

18~25PE

• Connection diagram

Signal namePin No. 1 STROBE2 DB0 3 DB1 4 DB2 5 DB3 6 DB4 7 DB5 8 DB6 9 DB7

10 ACK11 BUSY 12 PE 13 SLCT 14 AUTOFD15 ERROR16 INIT17 SLCTIN-

18~25 PE

5-4. RS232 LOOP BACK CONNECTOR:

UKOG-6705RCZZ

Connected to the RS232 connector (D-SUB 9 pin: COM1, COM2, COM3, COM4 ) of the UP-5350 and ER-A8RS, and used to check loop signals when executing diagnostics.

• Connection diagram

CD 1pin RD 2pin TD 3pin

DTR 4pin GND 5pin DSR 6pin RTS 7pin CTS 8pin

RI 9pin

5-5. RS232 MODULAR JACK LOOP BACK

CONNECTOR: UKOG-6729BHZZ

Connected to the RS232 connector (RJ45: COM3, COM4, COM5, COM6) of the UP-5350, and used to check loop signals when executing diagnostics.

• Connection diagram

RTS

1pin

DTR

2pin

3pin

GND

4pin

GND

5pin

6pin

DSR

7pin

CTS

8pin

5-3. MCR TEST CARD: UKOG-6718RCZZ

•

Used when executing the di agnostics of the UP-E12MR2.

• Externa l view

ER-A8RS

5-6. BIOS LOADING BOARD: CKOG-6727BHZZ

The BIOS load ing board: CKOG -6727BHZZ is a t ool to write a B IOS ROM progra m in the F-RO M on the UP-5 350’s main b oard. Use thi s PWB in the following cases:

• The F-ROM on the UP-5350’s main board becomes unreadable

and a BIOS ROM program must be written in the F-RO M.

• The BIOS ROM program in the F-ROM is overwritten due to the

BIOS ROM program of the version up, etc.

The BIOS load ing board is connecte d to the Option ROM/RAM dis k connector (CN5) of the Main PWB.

• Externa l view

Page 19

• Plai n view

Writing BIOS ROM Program

NOTE: Remove all option boards from the ISA slots before writing on

the BIOS ROM.

1. Install the EP-ROM (master ROM): containing a BIOS program on the BIOS loading board: CKOG-6727RCZZ.

BIOS MASTER ROM

LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 LED5 LED6 LED7 LED8

SW1

Caution: The AC power must be removed prior to installing the

BIOS loading board.

• Connection diagram

Page 20

2. Set SW1 on the BIOS loading b oa rd to the side of pin 3. 3. Open the upper cabin et.

4. Connect the BIOS loading board to the option ROM/RAM connector CN5 on the main PWB , an d then close the cabinet.

LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 LED5 LED6 LED7 LED8

SW1

5. Writing the BIOS ROM program starts by turning on the power switch on the right side.

To determi ne the status of t he LED lights on the special serv ice PWB when a BIOS ROM program is being written, see the table on the next page.

Writing is complete (automatic completion) when the green LED

SW1

(LED9) on the BIOS load ing board lights up.

6. After writing is complete, turn off the power switch on the right side to remove the BIOS loading board, and turn on the power switch on the left si de ag ai n to c he ck whe the r th e BI OS pr o gra m st art s up

LED9

normally or not.

SW1

Page 21

LED DISPLAY STATUS

[ : ON (Lighting) — : OFF] <In normal operation>

LED1

(RED)

———— ————— ———— ————

—

———

—

—————— ——————

—

———

—

————

LED2

(RED)

——— ———

—— — — — Programming: Bank1 D0000 h (64KB)

————— ——

—— —— — — Verifying: Bank1 D0000 h (64KB)

LED3 (RED)

—— — — — Programming: Bank0 E0000 h (64 K B) —— ———

— ——— — ———

———— — — Verifying: Bank0 E0000 h (64KB) ———— — — Verifying: Bank0 F0000 h (64KB )

— —— — — Verifying: Bank1 E0000 h (64KB) — —— ——

LED4

(RED)

LED5

(RED)

—— ——

LED6

(RED)

————

— ——

LED7

(RED)

— — — Erasing F-ROM (LED6: RED is blinking) — — — Start copy programming to F-ROM from EP-ROM ———

———

LED8

(RED)

— — Start verifying the program in the F-ROM — — Verifying: Bank0 C0000 h (64KB)

LED9

(GREEN)

— Start of COPY FUNCTION

Start initializing

Programming: Bank0 C 0000 h (64KB) Programming: Bank0 D 0000 h (64KB)

Programming: Bank0 F 0 000 h (64KB) Programming: Bank1 C 0000 h (64KB)

Programming: Bank1 E0000 h (64KB) Programming: Bank1 F 0 000 h (64KB)

Verifying: Bank0 D0000 h (64 K B)

Verifying: Bank1 C0000 h (64 KB )

Verifying: Bank1 F0000 h (6 4KB ) Setting protection for F-ROM END of complete COPY FUNCTION

FUNCTION

LED1

(RED)

—

——

LED1

(RED)

—

LED1

(RED)

—

LED2

(RED)

———— — —

LED2

(RED)

——— — — Device not ready

LED2

(RED)

——— — —

LED3 (RED)

——— — — VPP error ——— — —

LED3 (RED)

—— — — —— — — Command sequen ce error

LED3 (RED)

—— — — Can not release the protection

LED4

(RED)

—— — —

LED4

(RED)

LED4

(RED)

LED5

(RED)

LED5

(RED)

LED5

(RED)

LED6

(RED)

LED6

(RED)

LED6

(RED)

LED7

(RED)

LED7

(RED)

LED7

(RED)

LED8

(RED)

LED8

(RED)

LED8

(RED)

LED9

(GREEN)

LED9

(GREEN)

LED9

(GREEN)

FUNCTION

Device not ready

Command sequence e rror

FUNCTION

VPP error

FUNCTION

Device not ready while releasing the protection

Page 22

CHAPTER 3. SERVICE PRECAUTION

1. CONDITIONS FOR SOLDERING CIRCUIT PARTS

To solder the fo ll ow ing pa rt s m anu al ly , fol lo w the co ndi ti on s d esc ri be d below.

PARTS NAME PARTS CODE LOCATION CONDITIONS FOR SOLDERING

Ceramic oscillator

DIP SWITCH

TOUCH PANEL CONTROL PWB: X1 (8M) 270°C/3sec. MAIN PWB: X2 (24M) MAIN PWB: X2 (7.37M) SWITCH PWB: S2 300°C/3sec.

2. CAUTIONS ON HANDLING CPU AND POWER FAN

When removing or performing maintenance activities on the CPU and POWER FAN, be sure to handle them with care, because it may cause abnormal sounds or deteriorate th eir performance if th ey are dropped or exposed to a heavy impact.

3. NOTE FOR HANDLING OF TOUCH PANEL

• The transparency of the touch panel should be vitally important.

Use clean gloves and masks.

• For handling, do not hold the transparent area, and do not hold the

heat seal connector section to assure reliability.

• Do n ot o verl ay to uch panels. The edge ma y damage the surface.

• Do not place heavy things on the touch panel.

• Do not apply a strong shock, and do not drop it.

• When attaching the protection film again, carefully check for dirt. If

there is any dirt, it is transferred.

• To clean dirt on the surface, use a dry, soft cloth or a cloth im-

mersed in ethyl alcohol.

• Check that the housing does not give stress to the touch panel.

• Be care ful no t to to uch the touch panel with tools.

• Th e he at sea l se ctio n is easily disconnected. Be carefu l not to pl ace

stress to the heat seal section wh en installing.

• The touch panel is provided with an air groove to make the external

and the internal air pressure equal to each other. If water or oil is put around the air groove, it may penetrate inside. Be careful to keep the air groove away from water and oil.

• Do n ot u se sharp objects when making in pu t entrees.

4. NOTE FOR HANDLING OF LCD

• The LCD elements are made of glass. BE careful not to expose

them to strong mechanical shock, or they may be broken. Use extreme care not to break them.

• If the LCD element is broken and the liquid leaks, avoid contact with

your mouth or eyes . If th e liq uid co mes in c ontac t with y our s kin or clothes, immediately clean w ith soap.

• Use the unit under the rated conditions to prevent against damage.

• Be careful not to place water or o the r liquids on the display surface.

• The reflection plat e and the polarizing pl ate are easily scra tched.

BE careful not to touch them with a hard object such as glass, tweezers etc. Never hit, push, or rub the surface with hard objects.

• When installing the unit, be careful not to apply stress to the LCD

module. If excessive stress is applied, abnormal display or uneven color may result.

5. CAUTIONS ON HANDLING CONNECTORS

When connec ti ng or d is c onn ec ti ng the fol l owi ng co nnec to r s, fol l ow th e procedures below.

PARTS NAME PARTS CODE LOCATION

FFC CONNECTOR

How to insert FFC

(1) Pull the slider to the unlock position.

LCD RELAY PWB: CN6

Page 23

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

-->

(2) Open the slider upwards.

(3) Inserting the FFC

Insert the FFC firmly until the FFC hits the bottom of the connector’s insulator.

FFC

FFC FFC FFC

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

(4) Close the slider to the lock position

FFC

6. PS2 Keyboard usable f or UP- 5 35 0

The UP-5350 can be e xtern al ly co nn ected to a keyboard. The UP-5350’s key BIOS conforms to the PC standard, but this BIOS’s operation is not compatible for some keyboards. Some keyboards may cause operation errors due to delicate timing and conflicts. It is currently found that the following models of keyboards may malfunction. When selecting a keyboard to be connected, test the keyboard in advance to check that it correctly wo rks.

• Japa nese keyboard (106 keys)

Manufactured by IBM: TYPE/MODEL5576-B01 FRUPN66G0507

• English keyboard (101 keys)

Manufactured by NMB Technologies Inc.: Model: RT6651T+

Page 24

CHAPTER 4. UP-5350 DIAGNOSTICS SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENT

1. General ...................................................................................... 4-1

2. System configura tion .................................................................4-1

3. Service diagnostics ...................................................................4-1

3-1. Service diagnostics getting started .................................4-1

3-2. Selection menu ................................................................ 4-2

3-3. RAM Diagnostics ............................................................. 4-2

1) D-RAM Check ......................................................... 4-2

3-4. ROM Diagnostics ............................................................ 4-2

1) BIOS ROM Check ................................................... 4-2

3-5. Real time clock & CMOS RAM Diagnostics .................... 4-2

1) Real time clock Check ............................................4-2

2) CMOS RAM Check ................................................. 4-3

3-6. Touch Panel Diagnostics ................................................ 4-3

1) Controller Diagnostics Test .....................................4-3

2) Touch Key Pad Test ...............................................4-3

3) Linearity Test ........................................................... 4-3

3-7. Key Pad Diagnostics ....................................................... 4-4

1) Key Pad Check ....................................................... 4-4

3-8. Clerk Key Diagnostics ..................................................... 4-4

1) Clerk Key Check ..................................................... 4-4

3-9. Printer Diagnostics .......................................................... 4-4

1) PARALLEL1 Loop Check ....................................... 4-5

2) PARALLEL2 Loop Check ....................................... 4-5

3) PARALLEL3 Loop Check ....................................... 4-6

4) PARALLEL1 Print Check ........................................ 4-6

5) PARALLEL2 Print Check ........................................ 4-6

6) PARALLEL3 Print Check ........................................ 4-7

7) UP-T80BP Test ....................................................... 4-7

3-10. Serial I/O Diagnostics ......................................................4-7

1) COM1 Check .......................................................... 4-8

2) COM2 Check .......................................................... 4-8

3) COM3 Check .......................................................... 4-8

4) COM4 Check .......................................................... 4-8

5) COM5 Check .......................................................... 4-8

6) COM6 Check .......................................................... 4-8

3-11. Liquid Crystal Display Diagnostics .................................. 4-8

1) Liquid Crystal Display Check .................................. 4-9

3-12. Magnetic Card Reader Diagnostics .............................. 4-10

1) Magnetic Card Reader Check .............................. 4-10

3-13. System Switch Diagnostics ........................................... 4-10

1) System Switch ...................................................... 4-10

3-14. Drawer Diagnostics ....................................................... 4-10

1) Drawer 1 Check .................................................... 4-10

2) Drawer 2 Check .................................................... 4-11

3-15. Option Display Diagno stics ........................................... 4-11

3-16. IDE I/F & HARD DISK Diagnostics ............................... 4-11

[READ MODE TEST] .................................................... 4-11

1) Drive Status display .............................................. 4-11

2) Sequential Seek Test ............................................ 4-11

3) Random Seek Test ............................................... 4-12

4) Seek & Read Test ................................................. 4-12

5) Target Sector Read Test ...................................... 4-13

6) HD Dump Test ...................................................... 4-13

■ DIAGNOSTICS PROGRAM: CREATING AN

Before ex e cut i ng t he Di ag no st ic pr o gra m, cr e ate th e MS- DO S s ta r tin g media and copy the Diagnostics program onto it.

How to create an MS-DOS starting media

1. GENERAL

This diagnostic program is used to check the PWB’s, the process, and the machine of UP-5350 series in a simplified manner. This test program is supplied with floppy di sks.

2. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

The system requires the UP-5350, and a PS2 keyboard for diagnostic operations.

3. SERVICE DIAGNOSTICS

3-1. SERVICE DIAGNOSTICS GETTING STARTED

Getting started:

Execute "S RV.BA T" by en teri ng the c ommand with th e PS2 keyb oard as follows:

"A:\>" is the DOS prompt. (Used by the FD : Floppy disk based on the settings of the system switches.)

7) Error lnformation Display .......................................4-14

8) Controller check Test ............................................4-14

[WRITE MODE TEST] ...................................................4-14

9) Seek&Write/Read-Verify Test ...............................4-14

10) Target Sector Write/Read-Verify Test ...................4-15

11) HD Patch Test (Utility) ...........................................4-15

12) Error Logging Area Clear ......................................4-15

13) Error table display ..................................................4-16

14) Other Supplemental Items .....................................4-16

15) Error Content .........................................................4-16

16) Error Information Storing Area Description ...........4-16

3-17. FDD Diagnostics ............................................................4-16

3-18. FAN & LCD ON/OFF Diagnostics ..................................4-17

1) FAN & LCD ON/OFF Check ..................................4-17

3-19. Power Hold Diagnostics .................................................4-17

1) Power Hold Check .................................................4-17

MS-DOS STARTING MEDIA (FD)

1) Execute the command given below on the PC where the MS-

DOS Ver. 6.22 is running and create an MS-DOS starting media (FD).

MS-DOS (Command) format a: /s

2) Copy the Diagnostics program onto the MS-DOS starting media

(FD).

A:\> SRV

Do not load any device drivers when using this program. To operate other ap pl ic at io ns af te r perf o rm in g thi s prog r am, re - boot

the machine.

Page 25

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

-->

3-2. SELECTION MENU

The diagnost ics menu is s tarted and t he followin g menu is dis played. The highlighted cursor is moved by the cursor keys (UP

) of the PS2 keyboard. Move the cursor to the desired item, and press the Enter key to execute the selected diagnostics program. When the selected diagnostics program is completed, the display returns to t he menu scr een by pre ssing the E SC key. Se lect "Dia gnostics End" and press the Enter ke y to te rm inate the diagnostics.

SHARP PC-POS System Diagnostic Series III

Diagnostics for Service

RAM Diagnostics

ROM Diagnostics Real time clock & CMOS RAM Diagnostics T ouch Panel Diagnostics Key Pad Diagnostics Clerk Key Diagnostics Printer Diagnostics Serial I/O Diagnostics LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) Diagnostics MCR (Magnetic Card Reader) Diagnostics System Switch Diagnostics Drawer Diagnostics Option Display Diagnostics IDE I/F & Controller Diagnostics FDD Diagnostics FAN&LCD ON/OFF Diag nos tics Power Hold Diagnostics Diagnostics End

and DOWN

Version 1.00B

are not displayed.) Terminating method After completion of the test, press Esc key to terminate and return

to the service diagnostics menu .

3-4. ROM DIAGNOSTICS

The BIOS ROM, is tested.

1) BIOS ROM CHECK

Checking content The BIOS ROM version is displayed. Display

BIOS ROM Check

Version - ROM : SHPUP****

The version is displayed.

Terminating method After the test result is displayed, press Esc key to terminate and

return to the service diagnostics menu.

3-3. RAM DIAGNOSTICS

This progr am is used to test t he standard memory and t he extensi on memory.

1) D-RAM CHECK

Checking content All memory areas are checked in blocks of 64KB. The checking

procedures are as follows: i. Test data 5555H is written to all the test areas. ii. Test data and read data are compared by each word, If it is

O.K., test data AAAAH is written to the test area.

iii. Test data and read data are compared by each word, If it is

O.K., test data 5555H is written to the test area . iv. Test data 0000 H is written to all the test areas. v. Test data and read data are compared by each word, If it is

O.K., test data FFFFH is written to the test area. vi. Test data and read data are compared by each word, If it is

O.K., test data 0000H is written to the test area . When an error occurs during the test, the error address and data

are displayed and the test is stop pe d. For the extended memory test, the value set in the setup of read

and test and is made to the area in incre m en ts of 64KB. Display

D-RAM Check

Main memory size : 640KB PASS !!(or ERROR !!) Extended memory size : xxxxKB PASS !!(or ERROR !!)

Error Address xxxxxxH Write Data xxxxH Read Data xxxxH

3-5. REA L TIME C L OCK & CMOS RAM DIAG NOSTIC S

RTC and CMOS RAM check is performed. The followin g menu is disp layed. The hi ghlighted cur sor is moved by the cursor keys (UP cursor to the desired item, and then press the Enter key to execute the selected diagnostics program. When the selected diagnostics prog ram is completed. Pressing Esc key again returns to the service diagnostics menu.

Real time clock & CMOS RAM Diagnostics

Real time clock Check

CMOS RAM Check

1) REAL TIME CLOCK CHECK

Checking content RTC timer function and RTC clock function are tested.

In RTC timer check, the RTC timer is set so that an interrupt is generated after 2 sec and checked that the interrupt is performed properly. In RTC clock check, the RTC clock is set to 23:59:58, 31/Dec/1989, and checks that the clock shows 0:0:0, 1/Jan/1990 after 2 sec.

Display

Real time clock Check

RTC Timer Check : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) RTC Clock Check : PASS !!(or ERROR !!)

and DOWN ) of the PS2 keyboard. Move the

When testi ng the exte nsion me mory siz e, the val ue of the exi sting memory is displayed. The error address and the error data are displayed only when an error occurs. (When no errors occur, they

Terminating method After the test result is displayed, press Esc key to terminate and

return to the RTC and C M OS RAM diagnostics menu.

Page 26

2) CMOS RAM CHECK

Checking content The read/wri te check is performed for CMOS-RAM wh en setting

up. The checking procedure is as follows: i. Test address data is saved to the main memory. ii. Test data 55H is written to the test address. iii. Te st data and read data are compared , and test data AAH is

written to the test address. iv. Test data an d re ad data are compared. v. The saved test data is written to th e test area. vi. The addre ss is incre m ented until it becomes 3FH. If POFF interruption is generated during the test, the test is

stopped and the saved data is w ritten to the test area within 50ms. Display

CMOS-RAM Check

RTC RAM Check : PASS !!(or ERROR !!)

Error Address xxxxxH Write Data xxH Read Data xxH

The error address and t he error bit are di splayed only when an error occurs. (When no error occu rs, they are not displayed.)

Terminating method After the test result is displayed, press Esc key to terminate and

return to the RTC and C M OS RAM diagnostics menu.

3-6. TOUCH PANEL DIAGNOSTICS

The touch pane l and its contr oller are chec ked. Communicat ion with the controller is performed by 8250 built in the gate array PSC2.

The controller diag check, the touch keypad test, and the linearity test are performed.

The initial display is as follows:

Return code Content

0Ah ROM error

0Bh RAM error 0Ch Panel voltage error 0Dh Reserve 0Eh EPROM write error 0Fh EPROM read error 10h EPROM check sum erro r

Display

Controller Diag Test

Pass!! ROM Error!!

RAM Error!! PANEL Voltage Error!!

EPROM Write Error!! EPROM

EPROM SUM Error!!

Error!! Error!!

Read Error!!

Terminating method After the test result is displayed, press the Esc key to terminate

and return to the Touch pa nel diagnostics menu.

2) TOUCH KEY PAD TEST

Checking content The driver function call is used.

ners of the LCD sequentially. (In the sequence of uppe r right, u pp er left, low er left, low er righ t.)

When the the screen turns to

is touched by the operator, the buzzer sounds and

Display

Touch Key Pad Test

Touch Cursor !!

is displayed at the four cor-

Touch Panel Diagnostics

Controller Diag Test

Touch Key Pad Test Linearity

1) CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTICS TEST

Checking content After initializing the controller, the diagnostic command is exe-

cuted. The procedures are as follows:

• One byte of sample data (FFh) is sent and a wait state of 100ms

is made.

• The re set command ( 80h) is sen t and a wait stat e for the end

code (2 bytes: 90h and 00h) fro m the controller is made.

• The di agnostic command ( 2 bytes: 89h, any o ne-byte data) is

executed, and a wait state f or the end code (3 bytes: 90h, return code, any one-byte data) is made.

• If an error occurs the error display is made with the return cod e.

To exit from the controller diagnostic test, press the Esc key during the wait state for the end code response.

Terminating method Touch all four

or press the Esc key to terminate and return to

the Touch panel diagnostics menu.

3) LINEARITY TEST

Checking content Red lines ar e di spl aye d at bo th si des of th e blu e li ne at th e cent er.

The operator must touch the blue line without touching the red lines and drag from top to bo ttom. The touched part of the bl ue line is ch anged to white. If the red line is touched, an erro r messa ge is issued.

Page 27

Display

About 2cm

Linearity Test

Complete! (Error!!)

Displayed after termination.

Red line

Blue line

About 1cm

Red line

Terminating method Press Esc k ey to t e rmi nat e an d r et urn to t h e Touc h pa ne l d ia gnos -

tics menu.

3-8. CLERK KEY DIAGNOSTICS

(Not used for "U/B" models)

The clerk key input test is performed. Pressing the Esc key returns to the se rvicem an diagnostics menu.

1) CLERK KEY CHECK

Checking content Key code inserted to the clerk key switch which is then displayed in

a decimal value. Display

Clerk Key Check

Clerk Key Code : xx

3-7. KEY PAD DIAGNOSTICS

1) KEY PAD CHECK

The UP-C30PK k ey test is per formed. I n the UP-C30 PK, key s are detected by matrix scan of KBC (M 38 80 2M 270).

Display

Key Pad Diagnostics

When this is pressed, the buzzer sounds and the color changes.

ESC

Press ESC key to exit.

Content When a key is pressed, its color changes and the key catch sound

is made. The keys to be checked an d th ei r po sitions are as shown below.

ESC

F10 Delete

Back

Space

The clerk code is displayed at XX. Terminating method. Press the Esc key to terminate and return to the service diagnos-

tics menu.

3-9. PRINTER DIAGNOSTICS

The parallel interface (standard) and ER-A8RS parallel interface (option) are tested. Here, the parallel interface on the main body is mentioned as PARALLEL1, and the parallel interface on ER-A8RS as PARALLEL 2/3. The following menu is displayed.

Printer Diagnostics

Standard Option(ER-A8RS)

PARALLEL 1 Loop Check

PARALLEL 1 Print Check

Option(UP-T80BP) Print Check ALLEL3 Print Check

The highlighted cursor is moved by the cursor keys (UP

) on the PS2 keyboard. Move the cursor to the desired item and

press the Enter key to execute the selected diagnostics program. When the selected diagnostics program is completed, the display re-

turns to the menu screen. Pressing the Esc key returns to the service diagnostics menu.

P ARALLEL2 Loop Check P ARALLEL3 Loop Check

P ARALLEL2 Print Check PAR

and DOWN

Tab

L-Shift

L-Ctrl

L-Alt

End Press the ESC key to terminate the test.

Space

Enter

Page 28

1) PARALLEL1 LOOP CHECK

Checking content A loop check is made for the standard I/O address 378H ~ 37FH.

(PARALLEL1) In the lo op check, a nor mally-oper ating ER-A8R S is inserted and

the loop c able (U KOG-6717 RCZZ) is c onnecte d between P ARALLEL1 and PAR ALLEL3 ( ER-A8 RS) for testing . Set th e jumper s on the PWB prior to the test as follows:

Signal name

STROBE-

DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6

DB7 ACKBUSY

SLCT

AUTOFD-

ERROR-

INIT-

SLCTIN-

GND

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18~2

Loop cable (UKOG-6717RCZZ) wiring diagram

J3J8J4J5J6

UP-5350 : PARALLEL1 OUTPUT MODE

A8RS : PARALLEL3 INPUT MODE

J10

J18

Opposite ER-A8RS setting

Jumper pin setting diagram

Display

PARALLEL1 Loop Check

ACK- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) BUSY Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) PE Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) SLCT Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) ERROR- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!)

STROBE- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) AUTOFD- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!)

INIT- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) SLCTIN- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) INTERRUPT : IRQ X (or ERROR !!) DATA Bus : PASS !!(or ERROR !!)

J11

J12

J13

J14

J15

J16

J17

18~2

Signal namePin No.

STROBE2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14

AUTOFD-

ERROR-

INIT-

SLCTIN-

DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6

DB7 ACKBUSY

SLCT

GND

Terminating method. Press the Esc key to terminate and return to the Printer diagnostics

menu.

2) PARALLEL2 LOOP CHECK

Checking content A loop check is perf orme d for E R-A8RS I/O ad dres s 278H ~ 27 FH

(PARALLEL2). In the loop check, the loop cable shown in Fig, 3-4 is connected between PARALLEL2 (ER-A8RS) and PARALLEL1 for testing. Set the jumpers on the PWB prior to the te st as sh own in Fig. 3-6.

J3J8J4J5J6

Display

PARALLEL2 Loop Check

ACK- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) BUSY Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) PE Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) SLCT Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) ERROR- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!)

STROBE- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) AUTOFD- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!)

INIT- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) SLCTIN- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) INTERRUPT : IRQ X (or ERROR !!) DATA Bus : PASS !!(or ERROR !!)

The inter r uption le v e l is displa y e d at XX. If no access is allowed to PARALLEL2, the following display is

made.

PARALLEL2 Loop Check

Terminating method. Press the Esc key to terminate and return to the Printer diagnostics

menu.

UP-5350 : PARALLEL1 INPUT MODE

J10

Setting of ER-A8RS to be tested

Fig. 3-6 Jumper pin setting

PARALLEL2 Channel Disabled

A8RS : PARALLEL2 OUTPUT MODE

J18

J11

J12

J13

J14

J15

J16

J17

The inter r uption le v e l is displa y e d at X. When no ac cess is allo wed to PARALLEL1, the following display is

made.

PARALLEL1 Loop Check

PARALLEL1 Channel Disabled

Page 29

3) PARALLEL3 LOOP CHECK

Checking content A loop check is performed for ER-A8RS I/O address 3BCH ~

3BEH (PARALLEL3). In the loop check the ER-A8RS is connected to the extension slot and the loop cable shown in Fig. 3-4 is connected between PARALLEL3 (ER -A8RS) and PAR ALLEL1 for te sting. Set t he jumpers on the PWB prior to the test as show n in Fig. 3 -6.

J3J8J4J5J6

Display

UP-5350 : PARALLEL1 OUTPUT MODE

A8RS : PARALLEL3 INPUT MODE

J10

J18

J11

J12

J13

Setting of ER-A8RS to be tested

Fig. 3-6 Jumper pin setting

J14

J15

J16

J17

Display

PARALLEL1 Print Check

PARALLEL1 Channel Disabled

"PARALLEL1 Channel Disabled" is displayed only when no access to PARALLEL1 is allowed.

Terminating method. Press the Esc key to terminate and return to the Printer diagnostics

menu.

5) PARALLEL2 PRINT CHECK

Checking content The print check is performed for PARALLEL2 at I/O address 278H

~ 27Fh on the ER-A8RS. In the print check, set the short pin of the ER-A8RS to be tested as shown in Fig. 3-9, and connect the D- Sub 25 pin connector to a printer to allow a print pattern test.

PARALLEL3 Loop Check

ACK- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) BUSY Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) PE Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) SLCT Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) ERROR- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!)

STROBE- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) AUTOFD- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!)

INIT- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) SLCTIN- Signal : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) INTERRUPT : IRQ X (or ERROR !!) DATA Bus : PASS !!(or ERROR !!)

The inter r uption le v e l is displa y e d at XX. If no access is allowed to PARALLEL3, the following display is

made.

PARALLEL3 Loop Check

PARALLEL3 Channel Disabled

Terminating method. Press the Esc key to terminate and return to the Printer diagnostics

menu.

4) PARALLEL1 Print Check

Checking content The print check is performed for the standard port PARALLEL1 at

I/O address 378H ~ 37FH. In the print check mode the D-Sub 25 pin connector is connected with a printer to allow a print pattern test.

The test procedures are as follows: i. Data of 55H is written to I/O address 378H, and the same

address is read. If the read data is not 55H, "PARALLEL1 Channel Disa bled" is displ ayed and the followi ng check is not performed.

ii. C harac ters of 20H ~ 7FH (AS CII co de) are pr inte d and the l ine

is changed. This procedure is repeate d fo r 5 ti m es.

J3J8J4J5J6

J10

J18

J11

J12

J13

J14

J15

J16

J17

Fig. 3-9 Jumper pin setting

The test procedures are as follows: i. Data of 55H is written to I/O address 278H, and the same

address is read. If the read data is not 55H, "PARALLEL2 Channel Disa bled" is displ ayed and the followi ng check is not performed.

ii. C harac ters of 20H ~ 7FH (AS CII co de) are pr inte d and the l ine

is changed. This procedure is repeate d fo r 5 ti m es.

Display

PARALLLEL2 Print Check

PARALLEL2 Channel Disabled

"PARALLEL2 Channel Disabled" is displayed only when no access to PARALLEL2 is allowed.

Terminating method. Press the Esc key to terminate and return to the Printer diagnostics

menu.

Page 30

6) PARALLEL3 PRINT CHECK

Checking content The print check is performed for PARALLEL3 at I/O address 3BCH

~ 3BEh on the ER-A8RS. In the print check, set the short pin of the ER-A8RS to be tested as

shown in Fig. 3-10, and connec t the D-Sub 25 pin c onnector to a printer to allow a print pattern test.

Testing The followin g patterns are p rinted and the p aper cut command is

sent by th e specified number of times to the Se rial output of I/O address 980H to 987H.

J3J8J4J5J6

J10

J18

J11

J12

J13

J14

J15

J16

J17

Fig. 3-10 Jumper pin setting

The test procedures are as follows: i. Data of 55H is written to I/O address 3BCH, and the same

address is read. If the read data is not 55H, "PARALLEL3 Channel Disa bled" is displ ayed and the followi ng check is not performed.

ii. C harac ters of 20H ~ 7FH (AS CII co de) are pr inte d and the l ine

is changed. This procedure is repeate d fo r 5 ti m es.

Display

PARALLEL3 Print Check

PARALLEL3 Channel Disabled

"PARALLEL3 Channel Disabled" is displayed only when no access to PARALLEL3 is allowed.

Terminating method. Press the Esc key to terminate and return to the Printer diagnostics

menu.

7) UP-T80BP TEST

Display

Print Check

Count ? = 01 (00-99)

Pass Count = XX

Hit ESC Key to Stop

On the above screen the setting appears in the box. The Count can be set from "01" up to "99". If "00" is set, printing does not stop until the ESC key is pressed.

YOUR RECEIPT

THANK YOU

Error message The following error message appears if a communication error

occurs with the UP-T80BP.

Print Check

CD 1pin RD 2pin TD 3pin

DTR 4pin GND 5pin DSR 6pin RTS 7pin CTS 8pin

RI 9pin

RTS

1pin

DTR

2pin

3pin

GND

4pin

GND

5pin

6pin

DSR

7pin

CTS

8pin

********************

UP-T80BP I/F ERROR

Hit ESC Key to Stop

End of testing The testing is fi nishe d afte r pri nting is made by the s pecif ied num-

ber of times or by pressing the ESC ke y.

3-10. SERIAL I/O DIAGNOSTICS

The serial interface of UP-5350 and the option PWB ER-A8RS is performed. To test the 9pin D-Sub port, connect the D-Sub loop back connector (UKOG-6705RCZZ).

To test the RJ45 port, connect the loop back connector (UKOG6729BHZZ).

Loop back connector (UK OG-6705RCZZ) wiring diagra m

Loop back connector (UKOG-6729BHZZ) wiring diagram

The UP-535 0’s 9-pin D-sub port s are used as COM1 and 2. In a ddition, th e UP-5350’s RJ45 ports are use d as COM3 and 4 or CO M5 and 6 accor di ng t o t he set up. O n th e o the r ha nd , E R-A 8RS i s us e d by selecting either COM1 and 2 or COM3 and 4 according to the setup.

Therefore , when an ER-A8 RS is us ed, yo u must s et COM1 , 2, 5, an d 6 on the UP-5350 side, and set COM3 and 4 on the ER-A8RS side.

Page 31

The following menu is displayed. The highlighted cursor is moved by the cursor keys (UP

and DOWN

) of the PS2 keyboard. Move the cursor to the desired item, and

press the Enter key to execute the selected diagnostics program. When the selected diagnostics program is completed, the display re-

turns to the menu screen. Pressing the Esc key returns to the service diagnostics menu.

Serial I/O Diagnostics

COM1 Check

COM2 Check COM3 Check COM4 Check COM5 Check COM6 Check

1) COM1 Check

Content The loop back check is performed for the UART at I/O address

3F8H ~ 3FFH. The test procedures are as follows: i. UART setting is made. If access is denied to UART at that time,

"COM1 Disa bled" is displayed a nd the following check is not performed.

ii. RTS signal is turned on/off to check that CD, CTS signal is

normally operating. In case of any abnormality, ERROR is displayed.

iii. DTR signal is turned on/off to check that DSR, RI signal is

normally operating. In case of any error, ERROR is displayed. When an error occurs in procedure i or ii, the following test is not performed.

iv. Set the baud rate to 19200bps asynchronous. 256 byte data of

00H ~ FFH is transmitted from SD signal. Data received at RD signal is compared to check that the both are the same. If the output data is not returned for 5 sec or more, an ERROR is displayed and the test is terminated.

v. An interruption signal is issued from UART and the number of

generated interruption re quest signal is displayed.

Display

Serial I/O COM1 Check

RTS - CD : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) RTS - CTS : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) DTR - DSR : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) DTR - RI : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) TD - RD : PASS !!(or ERROR !!) INTERRUPT : IRQ XX

The number of the interruption request signal is displayed at XX. If no access is allowed to COM1 UART, the following display is

made.

Serial I/O COM1 Check

COM1 Channel Disabled

Terminating method. Press the Esc key to terminate and return to the Se rial I/O diag nos-

tics menu.

2) COM2 CHECK

Checking content The loop back check is performed for the UART at I/O address

2F8H ~ 2FFH. The ch eck p roc edu r e, t he d is pl ay , an d the ter min at ing method are the same as COM1 Check.

3) COM3 CHECK

Checking content The loop back check is performed for the UART at I/O address

3E8H. When t he E R-A 8 RS i s as s i gned t o COM 3, t he ch eck pr oc edure, display and terminating m eth od are the same as COM1. When the RJ-45 port of the UP-5350 main unit is assigned to COM3, the following points are different from COM1 Check :

Content

• RTS-CTS is not checked.

• DTR-RI is not checked.

Display

• RTS-CTS is not displayed.

• DTR-RI is not displayed.

COM3 is checked as well as COM1 except at the above 2 points.

4) COM4 CHECK

Checking content The loop back check is performed for the UART at I/O address

2E8H ~ 2EFH. The check procedu re, the display, and the terminating method are the same as COM3 Check.

5) COM5 CHECK

Checking content The loop back check is performed for the UART at I/O address

(PSC2 base address) + (410 H ~ 417H). The foll owing points are different from the COM1 Check:

Content

• RTS-CTS is not checked.

• DTR-RI is not checked.

Display

• RTS-CTS is not displayed.

• DTR-RI is not displayed.

COM5 is checked as well as COM1 except at the above 2 points.

6) COM6 CHECK

Checking content The loop back check is performed for the UART at I/O address

(PSC2 base address) + (418H ~ 41FH). The checking procedure, the displa y, and the terminati ng method are the same as CO M5 Check.

3-11. LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DIAGNOSTICS

LCD test is performed. The following patterns are displayed in sequence. Pressing the space bar proceeds to the next display. Pressing the space bar at the final pattern or pressing the Esc key during the test, will return the display to the service diagnostics menu .

Page 32

1) LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY CHECK

Checking content The test patterns are displayed in the following test procedures.

Pressing the space bar moves to the next pattern. i. Black-and-white pattern in 1 dot interval

ii. Reversed pattern of pattern i.

iii. Vertical stripe pattern in 1 dot interval

vii. " H" pattern (80 digits x 35 lines) In the 35th line, only 78 digits

of "H" are displayed. (The actual display range is 25 lines. Scroll for 10 lines to check.)

HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH

viii.Gradation pattern fro m black to white in 16 gradations

iv. Reversed pattern of pattern iii.

v. Horizontal stripe pattern in 1 d ot inte rval

vi. Reversed patte rn of pattern v.

ix. All white patter n x. Color bar (16 colors)

Color bars of 16 colors are displ aye d.

Black

Blue

Green

Cyan

Red

Brown

White

Magenta

Gray

Light green

Light blue

Light cyan

Light red

Light magenta

Light yellow

xi. Color pattern (256 colors)

Color pattern of 256 colors is displayed. The displayed colors are the default pallet.

Arrange RAMDAC register No. 0 ~ 255 from the upper left.

Light white

xii. Backlight OFF

The backlight is turned off without turning off the display.

xiii.Backlight ON

Page 33

Terminating method Press the space bar or Esc key to terminate and return to the

service diagnostics menu.

Terminating method Press the Esc key to terminate the test and return to the service

diagnostics menu.

3-12. MAGNETIC CARD READER DIAGNOSTICS

This test progr am r ead s the m agnet ic card based on the ISO7 811/1 -5 standard and displays the d ata .

Pressing the Esc key returns to the se rvice di agnostics menu.

1) MAGNETIC CARD READER CHECK

Checking content The test program reads tracks 1 and 2 of the magnetic card

(UKOG-6718RCZZ) based on the ISO7811/1 ~ 5 standard, and displays the data in ASCII code. There are two kinds of data patterns to be read.

TRACK 1: IATA pattern

76 character 7bit/character (Ma x. 79 character)

TRACK 2: ABA data pattern

28 character, 5bit/character (Max. 40 character)

To read the card data, the fo llow ing setting is performed.

• Mode set

46h is set to PSC2 channel 1 mode set register. (IATA, 6bit) 74h is set to PSC2 channel 2 mode set register. (ABA, 4bit)

• Start mark set

45h is set to PSC2 channel 1 sta rt m ark re gi ster. 0Bh is set to PSC2 channe l 2 start m a rk register.

• Interrupt reset

Test data is written to PSC2 channel 2 start mark register.

• Interrupt mask cancel 01h is written to PSC2 MCR mask regis-

ter to cancel mask.

In addition, setting for the PSC2 extension interruption is performed.

When the card is scanned, the obtained data is written to the FIFO buffer from the start mark to LRC in sequence. Then, the card data is read by interrupt process.

After reading data, the FIFO buffer is reset.

Display

3-13. SYSTEM SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS

The system switch information of the main PWB is displayed . Pressing the Esc key returns to the se rvice di agnostics menu.

1) SYSTEM SWITCH

Checking content The system switch reads I/O address 7F0H every 10ms to display

the value of bit 0 ~ 7. The relationship between the bit and SW is as shown in the table bel ow . Reference only (not for diag nostics)

Bit76543210

7F0H SW8 SW7 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6

Display

System Switch Diagnostics

SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8

XXXXXXXX

Each SW data is displayed at X. If the bit data is "1," the display is "OFF". If the bit data is "0," the display is "ON".

Terminating method Press the Esc key to terminate the test and return to the service

diagnstics menu.

3-14. DRAWER DIAGNOSTICS

The drawer open an d se nso r test are executed. The followin g menu is disp layed. The hi ghlighted cur sor is moved by the cursor keys (UP cursor to the desired item, and press the Enter key to execute the selected diagnostics program. When the selected diagnostics prog ram is completed, the display returns to the menu screen. Pressing the Esc key returns to the service diagnostics menu.

Drawer Diagnostics

Drawer 1 Check

Drawer 2 Check

and DOWN ) of the PS2 keyboard. Move the

MCR (Magnetic Card Reader) Check

TRACK1: SHARP TEST CARD 0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 UKOG-6718RCZZ

TRACK2: 0123456789012345678901234567

The above disp lay is made when the car d (UKOG6718RCZZ) is passed thr ough the MCR. In case of a n error, the error c ode is displayed as follows:

Magnetic Card Reader Check

TRACK 1 : BUFFER EMPTY TRACK 1 : MCR ERROR TRACK 2 : BUFFER EMPTY TRACK 2 : MCR ERROR

Displayed when TRACK1 EMPTY CODE is returned. Displayed when TRACK1 ERROR CODE is returned. Displayed when TRACK2 EMPTY CODE is returned. Displayed when TRACK2 ERROR CODE is returned.

1) DRAWER 1 CHECK

Checking content The drawer 1 solenoid is turned on and the drawer open sensor

value is sensed at every 100ms and the state is displayed. When Drawer 1 and Drawer 2 are connected, "CLOSE" is displayed only when both th e drawers are closed.

Display

Drawer 1 Check

Drawer Open Sensor : OPEN (or CLOSE)

Page 34

Terminating method Press the Esc key to terminate the test and return to the Drawer

diagnostics menu. Pressing the ESC again will return to the service diagnostics menu.

2) DRAWER 2 CHECK

Checking content Drawer 2 sol enoid i s turned on and the drawer open sensor va lue

is sensed at every 100ms and the state is displayed. When Drawer 1 and Drawer 2 are connected, "CLOSE" is displayed only when both th e drawers are closed.

Display Same as Drawer 1. Terminating method Same as Drawer 1.

3-15. OPTION DISPLAY DIAGNOSTICS

The option display includes a microprocessor inside that allows communication with the host by RS23 2 co nfo rmin g inte rface . PSC2 UART4 is used on the main body side. Communication conditions are as follows:

• Data length: 8 bit

• Parity (Yes/No): No

• Baud rate: 9600bps

Checking content The test patterns are displayed in the sequence shown below.

Pressing the space bar moves to the next pattern. i. The following test patterns are displayed.

ii. The test pattern with all digits ON is displayed.

3-16. IDE I/F & HARD DISK DIAGNOSTICS

The hard disk is tested and the information stored in the hard disk is displayed. The following tests are executed.

• Read t est: Seek ( sequential, random) test, r ead only (ta rget cylin-

der, target sector), and dump test

• Write test: Write verify test (target cylinder, target sector), and batch

test.

• Other functions: Drive status display, controller check, error logging

area (error information) display, a nd error information display

Test screen (service repair only)

Hard Disk Drive Diagnostics READ MODE TEST

Drive status display Sequential seek test Random seek test Seek&Read test Target Sector Read test HD Dump test Error LOGGING Information Display Disk Controller Check test

WRITE MODE TEST Seek&Write/Read-Verify test Target Sector Write/Read-Verify test HD Patch test ERROR LOGGING AREA CLEAR Error Table Display

, : Move ENTER : Selet ESC : Exit

On the above screen, select the desired test item with

(UP) and (DOWN) keys and press the Enter key to execute the test. Pressing the Esc key returns to the service diag nostics menu.

[READ MODE TEST]

1) DRIVE STATUS DISPLAY

Checking content The hard dis k dri ve stan dard val ues (M emory c apaci ty, Numb er of

cylinders. Number of heads, and Number of sectors) are di spl aye d. Display

iii. All OFF Display

Pole Display Check

Terminating method Press the Esc key to turn off VFD display and terminate the test.

Return to the Option display diagnostics menu and the test is terminated.

Drive Status display hard disk drive information

Drive Type : xxxxxx Capacity : xxxxMB Cylinder Number : xxx Head number : xx Sector number : xx

Press any key to exit.

Drive type: Hard disk drive name Capacity: Hard disk memory capacity Cylinder number: Max. cylinder number Head number: Max. head number Sector number: Max. sector number

Terminating method Press any key to terminate the test and return to the menu screen

in the previous (1).

2) SEQUENTIAL SEEK TEST

[Test conditions setting]

• Cylinder Ran g e [0 ~ inmo s t c y linder]

The cylinder range to be tested is set.

• Retry Count [0 ~ 4]

Retry count in case of an error is set.

• Error Stop/Continue/1 Pass

Page 35

Selection is made among Error Stop/Continue/1 Pass in case of an error.

• Test Start ? [Yes/No]

Selection is made to execute the test or n ot.

Checking content In the cylinder range set above, the sequential seek is executed for

every 1 t r ack . Wh en t he s eek te s t i n the s et r ang e is c o mpl et ed ( i n the direction of 0 case of an er r or du ri ng t h e abo v e te st , a r e tr y i s re pe ate d up to th e set number of retries. Every time an error occurs by executing retry up to the ret ry number a nd error lo gging is perfor med. Loggin g is made for HD and DRAM.

When an "Error stop" is set in the test conditions setting, and an error occurs during the above test, the error display is made and the test is stopped. Press the space b ar to resu me th e test.

When "Continue" is set, even if an error occurs, the error display is made but the test is not stopped.

When "1 Pass" is set, a series of tests is made only once and the test is stopped.

Display Sequential Seek test execution screen

Sequential Seek test @Cylinder range ? [000 XXX] = 000-XXX

(XXX is displayed by checking the

inmost cylinder.)

@Retry count ? [0 4] = 0 @[Errorstop continue 1pass] @Test Start ? [Yes No] Pass count = XXXXX Test Point = CCC

ESC : Exit SPACE : Stop or Start

Select th e desire d items a t the posit ion of @. (@ i s not dis played on the screen.)

On the above screen, when the pass count is counted up (when the point is counted up to the upper limit set in the cylinder range setting, the pass count is counted up by 1.), and if the error counter of all error items are not counted up (remaining as 00000), the test is OK.

When the space bar is pressed during the test, the test is interrupted.

When the space bar is pressed during interruption of the test, the test is started.

Terminating method Press th e Esc key d uring exec ution of t he test or during int errup-

tion of the test to terminate the test and return to the above menu screen.

3) RANDOM SEEK TEST

[Test condition setting]

Same as the above sequ en tia l read. However, e xecu tio n of the tes t by 1 Pas s me ans exec uti on of r andom seek through the set cylinder ra ng e.

Checking content The random se ek is executed fo r every one track in the cylinder

range set previously. When the seek test is completed in the set range, it is counted as 1

pass. In case of an er ror duri ng the abov e test, a ret ry is rep eated up to

the set number of retries. Every time an error occurs a retry is

inmost cylinder), it is counted as 1 pass. In

Error Kinds Drive not ready XXXX Bad controller XXXX

Compare error XXXX

(Cylinder)

Details of error are displayed.

performed up to the set number of retries, and error logging is made. Logging is made for HD and DRAM.

When the "Error Stop" is set in the test condition setting, and an error occurs during the above test. The error d isplay is show n and the test is interrupted. Pre ss the space key to resume the test.

When the "Continue" is set, even if an error occurs, the error display is made but the test is not stopped.

When "1 Pass" is set, a series of tests is made only once and the test is stopped.

Display Same as the above sequential read, however the following con-

tents are different. The test Poi nt is changed at rand om in the range of 000 ~ XXX

(cylinder range set value). Each point is tested once, and the pass count is added by one with

XXX times. Terminating method Press th e Esc key d uring exec ution of t he test or during int errup-

tion of the test to terminate the test and return to the above menu screen.

4) SEEK & READ TEST

[Test condition setting]

Same as the above s equential read. The f ollowin g settin g is addi tionally required.

• Sector count [0 ~ final sector]

The sector range to be tested is set.

Checking content The sequenti al read for ever y one tr ack is ex ecute d in the c ylind er

range and the sector range set above. (in the direction of 0 inmost cylinder)

When the read test is completed in the set range, it is counted as 1 pass.

Before seeking, however, seek is made of the previous cylinder and the following cylinder.

(Head movement) When track N is read, the he ad m ove s as follows:

S-1

0 cylinder

The previous cylinder

and , read is executed.

Cylinder to be tested

N-1 N-1

In case of an er ror duri ng the abov e test, a ret ry is rep eated up to the set number of retries. Everytime an error occurs a retry is performed up to the set number of retries and, error logging is made. Logging is made for HD and DRAM.

When the "Continue" is set, even if an error occurs, the error display is made but the test is not stopped.

S+1

The next cylinder

Inmost cylinder

Page 36

When "1 Pass" is set, a series of tests is made only once and the test is stopped.

Display

Seek & Read test @Cylinder range ? [000 XXX] = 000-XXX

(XXX is displayed by checking the

inmost cylinder.)

@Sector count ? [0 XX] = XX

(XXX is displayed by checking the

inmost cylinder.)

@Retry count ? [0 4] = 0 @[Errorstop continue 1pass] @Test Start ? [Yes No] Pass count = XXXXX Test Point = CCC : HH : SS

ESC : Exit SPACE : Stop or Start

(Cylinder: head; sector)

Error Kinds Drive not ready XXXX Bad controller XXXX

Compare error XXXX

Details of error are displayed.

Select th e desire d items a t the posit ion of @. (@ i s not dis played on the screen.)

(On the above screen, the thick figures are selected, and the thick figure values are selected.) On the above screen, when the pass count is counted up (when point is counted up to the upper limit set in the cylinder range setting, the pass count is counted up by 1.), and if the error counter of all error items are not counted up (remaining as 00000), the test is OK.

Terminating method The methods to interrupt, resume, and terminate the test are the

same as (2) Sequential read.

5) TARGET SECTOR READ TEST

[Test conditions setting]

• Cylinder range [0 ~ inmost cylinder]

The cylinder range to be tested is set.

• Head count [0 ~ final head]

The head umber to be tested is set.

• Sector count [0 ~ final sector]

The sector number to be tested is set.

• Retry count [0 ~ 4]

Retry number incase of an error is set.

• Error stop/Continue/1 Pass

Selectio n i s m ade a mon g E rr o r S top /Co nti nu e/ 1 Pa ss in c ase of an error.

• Test start ? [Yes/No]

Selection is made between Yes/No at test sta rt.

Checking content A read is made for the cylinder range, the head number, and the

sector number areas set in the above. When the read test is completed in the set range, it is counted as 1 pass. In case of an er ror duri ng the abov e test, a ret ry is rep eated up to the set num ber of re tries. Every ti me when an err or occur s a retry is performed up to the set number of retries, and error logging is made. Logging is made for HD and DRAM. When the "Error Stop" is set in the test condition setting, and an error oc curs duri ng the above test, the er ror disp lay is show n and the test is interrupted. Press the space ke y to re sume the test. When the "Continue" is set, even if an error occurs, the error display is made but the test is not stopped. When "1 Pass" is set, a series of tests is made only once and the test is stopped.

Display

Target Sector Read test @Cylinder range ? [000 XXX] = 000-XXX

(XXX is displayed by checking the

inmost cylinder.)

@Head count ? [0 XX] = 0

XX is displayed by checking the

(

final head.)

@Sector count ? [0 XX] = XX

XX 8s displayed by checking the

(

max. sector.)

@Retry count ? [0 4] = 0 @[Errorstop continue 1pass] @Test Start ? [Yes No] Pass count = XXXXX Test Point = CCC : HH : SS

ESC : Exit SPACE : Stop or Start

(Cylinder: head; sector)

Error Kinds Drive not ready XXXX Bad controller XXXX

Compare error XXXX

Details of error are displayed.

Select th e desire d items a t the posit ion of @. (@ i s not dis played on the screen.) (On the above screen, the thick figures are selected, and the thick figure values are selected.) On the above screen, when the pass count is counted up (when point is counted up to the upper limit set in the cylinder range setting, the pass count is counted up by 1.), and if the error counter of all error items are not counted up (remaining as 00000), the test is OK.

Terminating method The methods to interrupt, resume, and terminate the test are same

as (2) Sequential read.

6) HD DUMP TEST

[Test conditions setting]

• Cylinder No. [0 ~ inmost cylinder]

A certain cylinder No. to be displayed is set.

• Head No. [0 ~ final head]

A certain head No. to be displayed is set.

• Sector No. [1 ~ final sector]

A certain sector No. to be displayed is set.

Checking content The sector set in the above i s displayed on the screen in the unit of

256byte. Hex data and ASCII characters are displayed. By key operation, the following 256 bytes data or previous 256

bytes data can be displayed . Display

HD Dump test

@Physical address ? [CCC. HH. SS] = 000. 00. 01

The first hslf sector

000 : HHHH......HHHH-HHHH......HHHH : AAA......AA

(100)

010 : HHHH......HHHH-HHHH......HHHH : AAA......AA

(110) :

020 : HHHH......HHHH-HHHH......HHHH : AAA......AA

(120) :

0F0 : HHHH......HHHH-HHHH......HHHH : AAA......AA

(1F0) :

PGDN : forward PGUP : back SPACE : Start ESC : Exit

The physica l address is se t at the positi on of @. (On the abov e screen, the thick value is set.)

On the above screen, the first-half of 256 bytes at 000 cylinder, 00 head, and 01 sector is displ aye d.

Press the page down key to display the second-half of 256 bytes. (When the page down key is pr essed on the above scr een, the second-h al f of 2 56 byt e s at 000 c yl i nder , 00 hea d, an d 01 sec tor is

Page 37

displayed.) Press the page up key to display the first-h alf of 2 56 byte s. Terminating method Press the Esc key to return to the menu scree n o f pre vious (1).

7) ERROR INFORMATION DISPLAY

Checking content Error information stored in the inmost area of the HDD is displayed. When the har d di sk tes t i s ex ecu ted , err or in for ma ti on s tor e d in the

error info r m ation storing area is displa y e d. The inmost cylinder, 0 head, and 1 sector ~ 6 sector are read to be

displayed. Display

Error Logging information Display

Error No. 001 002 003 004 005 006 007

YY/MM/DD 99 / 03 / 01

ESC : Exit ENTER : Next

HH : MM : SS 10 : 30 : 00

Cyl No. 100

Hed No. 03

Sec No. 01

Error

Content

XXXXXXX

Every time the Enter key is pressed, the next page error information is displayed.

[Descriptions on the above screen] Error No. __________ Error information register No. (001 ~)

(This is not an error code.) YY/MM/DD _________ Year/Month/Day HH:MM:SS _________ Hour/Minute/Second Cylinder ___________ Cylinder No. Head No. _____ __ ___ Head No. Sec No.____________ Sector No. Error Content _______ Error code is converted into error content

and displayed. Terminating method Press the Esc key to return to the menu scree n.

8) CONTROLLER CHECK TEST

Checking content The diagnostic command included in the F-ROM is executed to

perform hard disk controller che ck. Display

Disk Dontroller Check test @[Errorstop Continue 1pass] @Test Start ? [Yes No]

Pass count = XXXXX

Controller ..... Checking

ESC : Exit SPACE : Stop or Start

If the section test is OK.

When the space bar is pressed during the test, the test is interrupted.

When the space key is pressed during interruption of the test, the test is resumed.

blinks and the pass count is counted up, the

Terminating method When the Esc key is pressed during the test or test interruption,

the test is terminated and the display returns to the menu screen.

[Write mode test]

(Note) When the following test is executed, the HDD data is de-

stroyed.

The display shown before executing write mode test

When executed, Data on hard disk will be destroyed. Password ? [*****]

ESC : Exit

Before executing the write mode test, "When executed, Data on hard disk will be destroyed." is displ aye d.

Password entry is urge d. Only when th e correct pas sword is entered, does the display go to the ne xt one.

The correct password is "sharp" or "SHARP" in 5 digits. When typing the correct password, the content is not displayed but " displayed.

9) SEEK & WRITE/READ-VERIFY TEST

[Test conditions setting]

Similar t o the ab ove 4) . Cyli nder r ange set ting is 000 der 2.

Checking content For all the cylinder range and the sector rang e set in the above, the

worst pattern data is written sequentially for every one track. Then, the read/verify check is made for e very o ne track. The number of the read /veri fy check is one. (Test for 1 pass) The write is made in the direction of 0 The read/ver ify chec k is made in the dire ctio n of 0

der. The write is made in the direction of inmost cylinder The read/verify check is made in the direction of inmost cylinder

0. When writing data, write different da ta from the original stored data. Before writing or reading, the head is moved to the previous or the

following cylinder.

(Head movement)

When track N is read, t he head moves as f ollows . (The he ad arm is deflected back and forth.)

In the direction of 0 inmost cylinder

0 cylinder

The previous cylinder

Note message

Cylinder to be tested

N-1 N+1N

inmost cylin-

inmost cylinder.

inmost cylin-

The next cylinder

Inmost cylinder

" is

Page 38

Writing is made at . Reading is made at

and .

In the direction of 0 inmost cylinder

0 cylinder

The previous cylinder

Writing is made at Reading is made at

S-1

Cylinder to be tested

N-1 N-1

. and .

S+1

The next cylinder

Inmost cylinder

(Worst pattern data) There are two kinds of worst d ata: B6DBH and 6DB6. In case of an er ror duri ng the abov e test, a ret ry is rep eated up to

the set number of retries. Every time an error occurs a retry is performed up to the set number of retries and, error logging is made. Logging is made for HD and DRAM.

When the "Error Stop" is set in the test condition setting, if an error occurs during the above test, the error display is shown and the test is interrupted. Press the space key to re sume the test.

When the "Continue" is set, even if an error occurs, the error display is made but the test is not stopped.

When "1 Pass" is set, a series of tests is made on ly once . Display Same as the previous (4). Th e following two points are diffe ren t .

Cylinder range ?

[000

XXX] (XXX is inmost cylinder 2.)

Test mode: is displayed.

When data writing, WR IT E is d ispla yed in

. When data

reading, READ is displayed. Terminating method Same as (4).

10) TARGET SECTOR WRITE/READ-VERIFY TEST

[Test conditions setting]

Similar to the previous 5). Cylinder range setting is 000 *0* (Final cylinder 2).

Checking content For the cylinder range, the head number, and the sector number

area set in the above, write/read/verify is made. When the write/read test is completed in the set range, it is counted

as 1 pass. In case of an er ror duri ng the abov e test, a ret ry is rep eated up to

the set number of retries. Everytime an error occurs a retry is performed up to the set number of retries and, error logging is made. Logging is made for HD and DRAM.

When the "Error Stop" is set in the test condition setting, if an error occurs during the above test, the error display is shown and the test is interrupted. Press the space key to re sume the test.

When the "Continue" is set, even if an error occurs, the error display is made but the test is not stopped.

When "1 Pass" is set, a series of tests is made on ly once .

Display Same as the previous (6). Th e following two points are diffe ren t .

Cylinder range ?

XXX] (XXX is inmost cylinder 2.)

[000

Test mode: is displayed.

When data writing, WR IT E is d ispla yed in

. When data

reading, READ is displayed. Terminating method Same as 5).

11) HD PATCH TEST (UTILITY)

[Test conditions setting]

Similar to the previous 6). The cylinder range setting is 000 cylinder 2).

Checking content The sector set in the above i s displayed on the screen in the unit of

256 bytes. Hex data and ASCII characters are displayed. By key operation, the following 256 bytes data or previous 256

bytes data can be displayed . After changing data on the screen, data is written to the selected

set position. Display Similar to the previous 6). Data in the HDD can be patched. Patching is made as follows: To patch data in the HD, change data on the screen. (Move the cursor with

, , , , key s and en ter data wi th 0 ~ F

key. Then select "Yes" in "Up data ? [Yes/No]" and press Enter key.

(Move with

key.) With the above procedure, patch is made. Terminating method Same as 6).

12) ERROR LOGGING AREA CLEAR

Checking content The last cylinder area in the HD is cleared with 00H.

(Error logging area: last cylinder, all sectors of 0 head) The areas to be cleared with 00H is the last cylinder and all the sectors of 0 head.

Display

Error Logging Area Clear @Test Start ? [Yes No]

, : Move ESC : Exit ENTER : Select ESC : Exit SPACE : Retry

Select "Ye s" a t pos iti on @ (move with key to execute the test.

When the tes t is execut ed once, the mo de enters the key waiting mode. After executing the test, press the space key to execute again.

Terminating method Press the Esc key to return to the menu scree n.

At first No is highlighted.

Guidance before execution of the test

Guidance after execution of the test

key) and press the Enter

(Final

Page 39

13) ERROR TABLE DISPLAY

When an error occurs during the above test, error informati on is stored in the DRAM and the content is displayed.

If there is no error, OK or NO ERROR is displa yed .

14) SUPPLEMENTAL ITEMS

Error i nformation is stored up to 44 items in th e sequence of occ urrence from when the f unction is selec ted. If the item numbe r exceeds 44, the error information is not stored a ny mo re.

15) ERROR CONTENT

The following error content is error information directly obtained from the HDD controller.

[Error code and meanin g]

3-17. FDD DIAGNOSTICS

This is a test program that checks floppy d isk d rives. (Do not use this program afte r performing a D-RAM test.)

1) FDD CHECK

Description A test file is opened on a floppy disk and data (256 bytes) of 00h -

FFh is written four times on the disk before read and verification are performed.

Display After making sure the screen looks like this, insert a formatted FD

(W/R-TEST disk) into the drive and p ress a ny ke y.

Error code Error message

OK (This message is displayed wh en the test i s normally completed.)

Drive not ready (HDD is not read y. STATUS REG bit 6 : 0)

Bad controller (HDD con trol ler abnormality, diag

status error STATUS REG bits : 1 or DIAG STATUS >= 2)

Track 000 Error (TRACK 000 cannot be found w ith RESTORE command. ERROR REG bit 1 : 1)

Seek Error (A seek error occurs. After STATU S COMMAND is executed, STATUS REG bit 4 : 0)

ID not Found (ID field is not detecte d. ER RO R R E G bit 4 : 0)

Data Address Mark not Found (Data Address Mark is not found. ERROR REG bit 0 : 1)

Bad Block Detect (BAD block mark is stored in the ID field of request sector. ERROR REG bit 7 : 1)

Uncorrectable error (An uncorrectable read error occurs. ERROR REG bit 6 : 1)

Others error (The other e rror ST AT U S REG bi t 0 : 1 , and ERROR REG : 0)

Time out error (Time out occurs when making access to HDD.)

Compare error (The written data and the read data are not the same.)

16) ERROR INFORMATION STORING AREA

Error information storing area fo r di ag nostics 1 sector ~ 6 sector of 0 head of the last cylinder is used. Used in the following format from the he ad of each sector. (Error information format for every sector) 1 + 46 x 11 = 507 bytes is used in one sector.

Last cylinder Head of 0 head, 1 sector

Counter

BIN

Error code

BIN BIN BIN BIN BIN BCD BCD BCD BCD BCD BCD

[1byte 0~46]

Cylinder

(L) (H)

Head Sector

2nd sector - 6th sector are the same.

Day

Year

Month

Hour Minute

Please insert W/R-TEST disk to drive A:

Warning

Data in the disk A: will be destroyed.

Note: W/R-TEST disk: Formatted FD (Turn off write-protection) The screen looks like this during testi ng .

FDD Write/Read & Compare Check

Error When an error occurs, the fol lowi ng m essa ge appears on screen.

**********

********** FDD ERROR !!! **********

Drive not ready

Note: An error message appears at the hatched area

Error message Description

Drive not ready No FD in drive

Verify error Write data is different from Read data

Write protect error Disk is write-protected.

General failure FD is not formatted or others

No space left on device No disk space available

Other than those message, some MS-DOS error message may be displayed.

Termina t ing testin g When the screen displays the following message, remove the FD

and press any key.

Please out W/R-TEST disk from drive A:

Second

Page 40

3-18. FAN & LCD ON/OFF DIAGNOSTICS

1) FAN & LCD ON/OFF CHECK

Checking content The CPU, the fan, the exhaust fan and the LCD are turned

ON/OFF. When this menu is selected, th e fo llowing display is shown.

FAN&LCD ON/OFF Diagnostics

HIT ANY KEY

When any key is pressed, "1" is written to bit 4 of PSC2 general use I/O port HIOP. At that time, the CPU fan and the exhaust fan are stopped and the LCD and the backlight are turned off.

When any key is pressed under this state, or if there is no key input for 10 sec, the display automatically returns to the main menu and the test is terminated.

When the system exits this diagnostic job, "0" is written to HIOP bit

3-19. POWER HOLD DIAGNASTICS

1) POWER HOLD CHECK

Checking content Two types of states such as power hold and power switch are

displayed.

Power Hold Diagnostics

Power Hold : ON (or OFF) Power Switch : ON (or OFF)

When pressing the space key, bit 5 of PSC2’s general I/O port HIOP is inverted, and power hold is switched between ON and OFF.

In addition, bit 1 of PSC2’s general port HIOP is read at every 200ms. Power Switch: OFF is displayed when this bit is "0", and Power Switch: ON is displayed when this bit is "1".

Page 41

CHAPTER 5. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

1-1. CPU

Low-Power Embedded Pentium Processor with MMX T ech no lo gy

• Core Frequency: 266MHz

• Front Side Bus Frequency: 66.66MHz

• L1 cache: 16K Code & 16K Data(Write-back)

cache

• 64-Bit Data Bus

• Power Supply: Core Voltage = 1.9V;

I/O Voltage = 2.5V

1-2. CHIPSET

FireStar Plus: 82C700U3.2

• PCI Bus: PCI Clock = FSB Clock/2

• DRAM controller

(FPM, EDO or SDRAM):

• ISA Bus: AT Clock = PCI Clock/4

• Bus Mastering IDE: Primary IDE supported, Not Secondary

• Thermal Management: Not used

• Unified Memory Management (UMA):

• DMA controller: 8237A x 2

• Interval Timer: 8254

• Interrupt controller: 8259 x 2

1-3. PS/2 KEYBOARD CONTROLLER

KBC: M38802M270

• Full keyboard control

• Mouse control: Not used

• Matrix Key control: Option (UP-C30PK)

• WIN key and APPL key support:

FPM or EDO supporte d

M38802M270 only

1-6. SYSTEM CONTROLLER 2

PSC2: LZ9AM22

• BIOS ROM Bank Control: Fixed 2 banks

• Mask ROM Bank Control: Fixed 256 banks (Reserved )

• Flash ROM Bank Control: Max. 384 banks (Reserved)

• PS-RAM Bank Control: Max. 192 banks (Reserved)

• UART x 5: 8250 compatible COM 5ch

• Clocked Serial I/O x 2: CKDC VII I/F

• Mode Switch Sense: 16 bits (Not used)

• Clerk Switch Sense: 16 bits

• MCR I/F: 2 track

• Drawer I/F: 4 drawers

1-7. MEMORY

L2 cache: 64K x 32b Sync SRAM 7ns Vcc = 3.3V,

•

Vccq = 2.5V x 2chip (512KB)

• TAG RAM: 32K x 8b SRAM 12ns

Vcc = 3.3V (32KB)

• Stan dar d Memor y: 4M x 16b EDO Sym 60 ns Vc c = 3 .3V x

4 chip (32MB)

• Option Memory: 144 pin S.O.DIMM socket x 1

(8MB/16MB/32MB/64MB)

• BIOS ROM: 512K x 8b (512KB)

Flash ROM Vcc=5.0V

1-8. ANALOG TOUCH PANEL

•

Controller: N010-0559-V021

• RS-232C I/F

(2400/4800/9600bps):

used for 9600bps

• Resolution: 1024 x 1024

1-9. LCD

•

Color LCD: LM12S402 (12.1" DSTN 800 x 600 x

RGB 1/300o-1/328e Duty)

1-4. GRAPHIC CONTROLLER

Graphic Controller Silicon Motion Inc. LynxEM4+ :

SM712GM04

• 4MB Embedded SGRAM

• PCI Bus Mastering

• AGP & PCI Bus Interfaces : used for PCI Interface

• Direct3D acceleration

• DSTN and TFT panel support up to 1280x1024

• PC99 Compliant, ACPI Compliant

1-5. SUPER I/O CONTROLLER

M5113A2

• FDC: Enable

• Serial Port: 16C550 compatible with Infrared x 2

• Parallel Port: used for LPT1

1-10. SYSTEM SWITCH

•

DIP Switch: 8 circuits

• Jumper Switch: Not used

• 0Ω Register: No t use d

1-11. SERIAL PORTS

•

Serial 1 (Used for COM1): Ci/+5V switchable – DSUB9 with FIFO

(by Super I/O)

• Serial 2 (Used for COM2): Ci/+5V switchable – DSUB9 with FIFO

(by Super I/O)

• Serial 3

(Used for COM 3/5):

SG/+5V Pattern-cut & Jumper – RJ45 without FIFO (by PSC2)

• Serial 4

(Used for COM 4/6):

– RJ45 without FIFO (by PSC2)

• Seri al 5: Used for Bui lt-in pri nter – TTL level in-

terface

Page 42

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

-->

• Serial 6: Used for Customer VFD control –

RJ45(for UP-P20DP) or 7pin-CN(for UP-I20DP)

• Serial 7: Used for Touch panel control – TTL

level int er f ace

1-12. POWER SUPPLY UNIT

RDENC1011RCZZ (Input = AC100-120V, 50/60Hz)

Output +5V +12V -12V Min. Load 0.5A 0.00A 0.0A Typ. Load 6.5A 0.65A 0.2A

Max. Load 7.0A 2.00A 1.6A

1-13. VACUUM FLUORESCENT DISPLAY UNIT:

202MD11AB (used Pole display unit: UP-P20DP/i20DP)

•

VFD = 20 Digits x 2 Lines, 5 x 7dots with; (Period & Comma) + 20

• Microcontroller with Character Generator

• RS-232C I/F(RXD/DSR/DTR,4800/9600/19 20 0/3 8400bps):

used for 9600bps

• Power: +5VDC/1A

• Auto indicator blinking: When power is turn on, automatically

blink the indicator of 1st digit.

1-14. Hard Disk Drive

2.5" IDE Hard Disk Drive

•

• UP-5350 Recommended: FUJITSU

MHD2021AT[2160MB] TOSHIBA MK4313MAT[4.32GB]

1-15. Floppy Disk Drive: D353M3

3Mode (2MB/1MB/1.6MB) Disk Drive

•

*The standard driver for Windows 98/NT supports 2 m odes.

• 3.5" Double Sided 135tpi

Page 43

2. BLOCK DIAGRAM

2-1. UP-5350 (UB version)

Power Supply

VGA PCB

+5V

+12V

-12V

GND

Main PCB

Low-Power MMX Pentium

14.318MHz

CG MK1492-04R

HA HD

ctrl

HA HD ctrl

FireStar Plus 82C700U3.2

TAG

HA HD

ctrl

TAG

ctrl

MA MD

RAS/CAS

SRAM Cache

SRAM TAG

EDO DRAM

144pin S.O.DIMM

Dual DC-DC Convetor

+3.3V +1.9V

+2.5V

DC-DC Convetor

CCFT Inverter

LCD

Analog Touch Panel

Power LED

VGAC SM712GM04

TCP PCB

TPC N010-0559-V021

8MHz

UP-T80BP

32.768kHz

Serial7

Clerk SW

System SW

COM3/5 Serial3

COM4/6

Serial4

Serial5

ctrl

PCI Bus

PS/2 KBC

M38802M270

7.37MHz

PSC2

Dctrl

ISA Bus

SDSAAD

Dctrl

RTC bq3285ESS

32.768kHz

EIDE

24MHz

Super I/O M5113A2

BIOS ROM 512kB

ctrl

Buzzer

PCI slot

(UP-C30PK)

10Key Pad

PS/2 Keyboard

Serial1 COM1 Serial2

Parallel1

ISA slot

COM2

2.5" HDD

Ethernet

3.5" FDD

LPT1

ER-A8RS

Ethernet

UP-P20DP

UP-I20DP

Serial6

Driver

Drawer

MCR

Page 44

3. MEMORY MAP 4. I/O ADDRESS MAP

Main Memory(System) 0000000

EDO DRAM

Standard

32MB

2000000

2800000

3000000

4000000

5FFFFFF

FPM/EDO DRAM

Option

8Byte SOD

8MB

FPM/EDO DRAM

Option

8Byte SOD

16MB

FPM/EDO DRAM

Option

8Byte SOD

32MB

FPM/EDO DRAM

Option

8Byte SOD

64MB

BIOS Memory

A0000

C0000

C9FFF CC000

F0000

FFFFF

VGA RAM

128KB

VGA BIOS

40KB

UMB

144KB

System BIOS

64KB

4-1. PC SPECIFICATION

Address Legacy ISA I/O

00-0F DMA ch0-3 control

10- 1F (System)

20- 21 Master 8259 Interrupt contro l 22- 24 Chipset Configuration 40- 43 Timer control

48- 4B (Timer control)

50-52 (System) 60- 6F Keyboard/Mouse control 70- 7F RTC/CMOS RAM Index/Data 80- 8F DMA Page Register 90- 9F System Port A Register (PS/2 port)

A0-A1 Slave 8259 Interrupt control C0-DE DMA ch4-7 control F0- F1 (Coprocessor busy clear/reset)

102 65550 (V GAC) Global Enable Reg iste r 110-16F 170-177 Secondary IDE control 180-19F POS I/O

1A0-1EF 1F0-1F7 Primary IDE control

200-26F 278-27F [Parallel Port 2 (LPT2) co ntro l]

280-2DF 2E8-2EF COM4 control 2F0-2F7 2F8-2FF COM2 control

300-36F 378-37F Parallel Port 1 (LPT1) control 380-38F

398 Super I/O Configuration Port

3A0-3AF

3BC-3BF [Parallel Port 3 (LPT3) control]

3C0-3DF EGA/VGA control

3E5 [BIOS ROM Write Control]

3E8-3EF COM3 control 3F0-3F7 FD/HD control 3F8-3FF COM1 control 400-40A

40B EISA DMA Extended Mode control

410-4EF

4D6 EISA DMA Extended Mode control

4D7-57F

580-59F POS I/O

5A0-7EF 7F0-7F1 PSC Special System Re gi ster 7F2-7FF

800-97F 980-99F POS I/O

9A0-A78

A79 [(PnP ISA Auto Configuration Port)]

A7A-BFF

C00-CF7

CF8-CFF PCI Configuration

D00-D7F D80-D9F Reserved [POS I/O]

DA0-FFF

Page 45

4-2. POS specification

Address POS I/O UP-5350 180-189

18A Drawer control 18B-18F Timer Counter control 190-191 CSIO1 (CKDC) control Reserved 192-193 CSIO2 (CKDC) control Reserved

194 BIOS Bank control

195 ROM & RAM Disk Base Ad dre ss Reserved 196-197 Interrupt Status Read 198-199 Mask/Flash ROM Bank control Reserved

19A-19B PS-RAM Bank control Reserved 19C-19D Mod e S w itch Re serve d

19E-19F Clerk Switch 580-585 MCR control

588 590-597 COM 5 (Serial3) control 598-59F COM 6 (Serial4) control 980-987 988-98F Serial 6 (CU.VFD) control 990-997 Serial 7 (Touch Panel) control

D80-D8F D90-D9F

Extended Interrupt control

General Purpose I/O

Serial 5 (Built-in Printer)

[Option] [Option]

5. DMA CHANNEL MAPPING

DMA Channel Legacy ISA DMA function

0— 1— 2 Floppy Disk Controller 3 ECP parallel port on LPT1 4 [Cascade] 5— 6— 7—

Page 46

6. IRQ

6-1. IRQ Mapping

Master

8259 IRQ0 System timer Timer Timer Timer

IRQ1 Keyboard KBC KBC KBC IRQ2 *PIC cascade (Cascade) (Cascade) ✕

IRQ3

IRQ4 IRQ5 (LPT2) VGAC VGAC VGAC

IRQ6 FDC FDC FDC FDC IRQ7 LPT1 LPT1 LPT1 LPT1

= ER-A8RS(Serial 2ch & Parallel 1ch) [ ] = This function is used with 0ohm Resistor, etc. *PIC= Programable Interrupt control signal.

Slave

8259

IRQ8 RTC/CMOS RTC/CMOS RTC/COMS RTC/CMOS

IRQ9 — IRQx IRQx IRQx IRQ10 (COM 4) ISA/Serial 4 Serial 4/3/7/ISA COM4 IRQ11 (COM 3) ISA/Serial 3 Serial 3/4/7/ISA COM3 IRQ12 Mouse PC I/(ISA)/[KBC] PCI/(ISA)/[KBC] Ethernet/SCSI IRQ13 Coprocessor ✕✕✕ IRQ14 Primary IDE HDC HDC HDC IRQ15 Secondary IDE Serial 7 Serial7/3/4/IRQx Touch Panel

Fixed ISA

Default

COM 2 Serial 2 Serial 2 COM 2 COM 4 ✕/Serial 4 ✕/Serial 4 ✕ COM 1 Serial 1 Serial 1 COM 1 COM 3 ✕/Serial 3 ✕/Serial 3 ✕

Power On

Default

Extended Interrupt On-Board POS Device

IRQx0 MCR (UP-E12MR2) IRQx1 Serial 5 [Built-in Printer] UP-T80BP IRQx2 Serial 6 [VFD] UP-P20DP/I20DP IRQx3 POS Key (Not used) IRQx4 CSIO1 I/F (No t use d) IRQx5 CSIO2 I/F (No t use d) IRQx6 FROM Busy IRQx7 POFF IRQx8 SINT0

IRQx9 Reserved [Mode Sw itch ] (Not used) IRQx10 TC0OVF IRQx11 TC0CMP IRQx12 TC1CMP IRQx13 Serial 4 (COM 6) IRQx14 Serial 3 (COM 5) IRQx15 Clerk Switch

Available Device

UP-5350

(UB version)

Recommended

Page 47

6-2. IRQ BLOCK CHART 6-3 IRQ SWITCH

Riser board (parts side)

S1 = IRQ10: S(1) = ON (Connect IRQ10 to the ISA Slot.)

M(3) = OFF (Connect IRQ10 to GND, not to the ISA

S2 = IRQ11: S(1) = ON (Connect IRQ11 to the ISA Slot.)

M(3) = OFF (Connect IRQ11 to GND, not to the IS-

PIRQ9

PIRQ15

PIRQ3 PIRQ4

PIRQ10 PIRQ11

INTA#

PSC2

IRQ9

IRQ15

Mask n

IRQn

IRQ3 IRQ4

IRQ10 IRQ11

VGAC SM712GM04 (UP-5350) (UP-5350B)

+5V

10K

+5V

10K

+5V

10K

IRQ5

KIRQ12 IRQ1

Pentium

FireStar

IRQ9

IRQ15

IRQ3 IRQ4

IRQ10 IRQ11

IRQ5

IRQ6 IRQ7

IRQ12

IRQ1

IRQ8#

IRQ14

=Not used for UP-5300/5500/5350/5550

2.7K

KBC

IDE CON

DIRQ

+5V

10K

ISA Slot

IRQ9

IRQ15

IRQ3 IRQ4

IRQ10 IRQ11

IRQ5

IRQ6 IRQ7

IRQ12

IRQ14

IRQ10

IRQ5

IRQ12

PCI Slot

INTB#

INTA#

PCI slot= used for UP-5350/5550

+5V

10K

2.7K

Super I/O

SICF(IRQ9) IRQ10

IRQ11 IRQ3

IRQ4 IRQ5

10K

IRQ6 IRQ7

+5V

10K

RTC

IRQ8#

+5V

22K

=Not used for BE-8500=used for BE-8500=Not used

SM SMIRQ11 IRQ10

Slot.)

ASlot.)

7. PCI

7-1. Device Number Decode

Device Number Decode

Device Number Device IDSEL Device Number Device IDSEL

PCIDV 0h 82C700 AD11 Bh – AD22 PCIDV 1h 82C700 AD12 Ch – AD23

2h – AD13 Dh – AD24 3h – AD14 Eh – AD25 4h – AD15 Fh – AD26 5h –AD1610h –AD27 6h Graphics 7h – AD18 12h PCI slot AD29 8h –AD1913h –AD30 9h – AD20 PCIIDE 14h IDE Ah – AD21

= Graphics Controller (SM7 12GM04) = IDE Controller (82C700)

7-2. Bus Arbitration

Master Device No. Requirement permission signal Device

Device 0 REQ0#, GNT0# Graphics Controller* Device 1 REQ1#, GNT1# (Not Used) Device 2 REQ2#, GNT2# (Not Used) Device 3 REQ3#, GNT3# PCI Slot

* = Graphics Controller (SM712GM04)

AD17 11h – AD28

AD31

Page 48

7-3. Interrupt Request

The interrup t request IRQ12 (ISA) is allocat ed exclusivel y to the PCI as an INTA# (PCI) using the FireStar. Therefore, the IRQ12 (ISA) cannot be us ed. In addit ion, o nly the INTA# ( PCI) c an be us ed as th e interrupt request for PCI slots. Neither of the INTB# (PCI), INTC# (PCI) or INTD# (PCI) can be used.

PCI Interrupt Selection

PIO PCIRQ Selection PCI Interrupt PIO PCIRQ Selection PCI Interrupt PIO PCIRQ0# IRQ12 INTA# PIO PCIRQ2# Disable INTC# PIO PCIRG1# Disable INTB# PIO PCIRQ3# Disable INTD#

8. CPU

8-1. INTRODUCTION

The UP-5350 uses an Intel low-power embedded processor with MMX technology (FV80503CS M 6 6266SL2Z4) for the CPU .

Pentium Processor Bus Frequency Sele ction

Core Frequency

(max)

266MHz 66.66MHz 2/3 1 0 0 UP-5350 Setting

Setting 1 = 10kohm Pull up (Vcc3)

0 = 0ohm Groundin g

External Bus

Frequency (max)

Bus/Core

Ratio

BF2

(W33)

BF1

(X34)

BF0

(X33)

Vcc Specifications

Supply Min. Voltage Max. Voltage Voltage Tolera nce

Vcc2 1.750V 2.040V 1.9V Vcc3 2.375V 2.625V 2.5V

7.5%

5.0%

DC Specifications

Min. Max.

VIL3 -0.3 0.5

VIH3 Vcc3-0.7 Vcc3+0.3 VOL3 --- 0.4 VOH3 Vcc3-0.4(3mA) / Vcc3-0.2(1mA) ---

MicroClock MK1492-04R Power-up Input Setting

Pin # Name Internal Resistor Setting Function

5 OE Mid-leve l Default All Clock Outputs Enabled 15 CPUS# Pull up Default 16 PCISTP# Pull up Default HOST = 66.66MHz 24 FS Pull up Default 27 CSSS Pull up Default Power Down Mode = All Clocks On 19 DS Pull up Default HOST7,8 Tristated 21 SEL0 Pull up Default 48M/14.3M = 48.0MHz 22 LE Pull up Pull down EMI Control ON 25 SEL1 Mid-level Default F1 = 14.318MHz 28 PEN Mid-level Default Pin25 = PCI, Pin24=PCIF

The external pull down resistor is 10kohm.

Selection

Page 49

MicroClock MK1492-04R Clock Output

Pin # Name Condition

5 14.3 14.318MHz for FireStar & Graphics Controller*

8 EHOST1 Early CPU Clock for FireStar 10 HOST2 CPU Clock for Pentium 12 HOST3 L2 Cache RAM Clock 13 HOST4 L2 Cache RAM Clock 18 HOST5,7 Not used (Host Output Clock) 19 HOST6,8 Not used (Host Output Clock) 21 48M/14.3M Not used (48.0MHz Clock) 22 PCIF Not used (PCI Clock) 24 PCI PCI Clock for PCI slot 25 PCI PCI Clock for Graphi cs Co ntroller 27 PCI PCI Clock for FireStar 28 F1 Not used (14.318MHz Clock)

* = Graphics Controller (SM712GM04)

8-2. PIN ASSIGNMENTS

PPGA Package Top Side View

37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 AN AM AL AK

AJ AH AG AF AE AD AC AB AA

Z Y X

V U T S R Q P N M

J H G F E D C B A

A10

VSS

VCC3

A30

A28

A22

VSS

DP0

D11

A25

A24

PEN#

STPCLK#

VCC3

PICCLK

D10

D15

A29

A26

A21

INTR

SMI#

BF1

TMS

TCK

D13

A31

A27

A23

NMIR/S#

INITIGNNE#

BF0NC

BF2NC

VCC3VSS

NCNC

TRST#NC

TDOTDI

VCC3PICD1

PICD0D2

D3D1

D12

D14

D16

D18

VCC3

VSS

VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS

A11

A12

A14

A16

A18

A15

A17

D23

D26

DP2

D25

VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS

D17

D22

DP1

D20

D19

D21

D24

VSS

VCC3

VCC3 VCC3 VCC3 VCC3 VCC3 VCC2 VCC2 VCC2 VCC2 VCC2 VCC2

37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

VCC2

A20

A19

RESETNCCLK

Top Side View

D28

D30

DP3

D27

D29

Because VDDHOST 1,2 = VDDHOST 3,4 = 2.5 V, connect the HOST 3 and HOST 4 so as to allow the tw o p ins to operate together.

C20

EADS#

HITM#

D/C#

ADS#

LOCK#

PCD

PCHK#NCVSS

APCHK#

PRDY NC

HOLD

WB/WT# NC

BOFF#

NA#

BRDY#

KEN#

AHOLD

INV

MI/O#

BP3

PM1BP1

FERR#

IERR#

DP7

D62

D60

D59

D58

D56

D53 D55

D51

DP5

D49

D44

D48

D45

D43

D41

R11

R13

PWT

HLDA

SMIACT#

EWBE#

CACHE#

BP2

PM0BP0

D63

D61

D57

D52 D54

D47

FS32K

TS32K

VCC2DET

BREQ

VSS

VCC2

VSS

VCC2

VSS

VCC2

VSS

VCC2

VSS

VCC2

VSS

VCC2

VSS

VCC2

VSS

VCC2

VSS

VCC2

VSS

VCC2

VSS

VCC2

VSS

VCC2

DP6

D50

NCVCC3 VCC3 VCC3 VCC3 VCC2 VCC2 VCC2 VCC2 VCC2

AM AL AK AJ AH AG AF AE AD AC AB AA

Z Y X

V U T S R Q P N M L K J H G F E D C

B A

SCYC

D31

BE7#

D33

IC34A

BE6#

D32

BE5#

D35

BE4#

D34

C18

BE3#

D37

C19

BE2#

D36

R12

BE0#

BE1#

D42 D46

D39

D38

IC34A

A20M#

IC34B

FLUSH#

W/R#

BUSCHK#

HIT#

D40

DP4

Page 50

8-2. PIN DESCRIPTION

Table 6. Quick Pin R efe rence

Symbol Type Name and Function

A20M# I When the address bit 20 mask pin is asserted, the Pent ium

wrap-around at 1 Mbyte, wh ich occu rs on the 8086. When A20 M# i s asserted, the processor masks physical ad dress bit 20 (A20) before performing a l oo kup to th e i nternal caches or driving a memory cycle on the b us. The effect of A20M# is undefined in protected mode. A20M# must be asse rted only when the processor is in rea l mo de.

A31-A3 I/O As outputs, the address lines of the processor along with the byte enab les define the physical area of memory or I/O

ADS# O The address status indicates that a new valid bus cycle is currently bein g d rive n b y the processor. AHOLD I In response to the assertion of address hold, the processor will stop driving the address lines (A31-A3) and AP in the

AP I/O Address parity is driven by the processor with eve n parity information on all processo r ge nerated cycles in the same

APCHK# O The address parity check status pin is asserted two clocks a fter EADS# is sampled active if the processor h as

BE7#-BE5# BE4#=BE0#

BF2-BF0 I The Bus Frequency pins determine the bus-to-core frequency ratio. BF [2:0] are sampled at RESET, and cannot be

BOFF# I The backoff input is used to abort all outstandi ng bu s cycles that have not yet completed. In response to BOFF#, the

[APICEN]PICD1 I Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller Enable enables or disab les the on -chi p A PIC interrupt controller. If

BP3-BP2 PM/BP1-BP0

BRDY# I The burst ready input indi cate s that the external system has pre sen ted valid data on the data pi ns i n re spo nse to a read

BREQ O The bus request output indicates to the external system th at the processor has internally ge nerated a bus request. This

BUSCHK# I The bus check input allows the system to sign al an un successful completion of a bus cycle. If this pin is sampl ed active,

CACHE# O For processor-initiated cycles, the cache pin indicates internal cach ea bi lity of the cycle (if a read), and ndicate s a burst

CLK I The clock input provides the fundamental timing for the pro cesso r. Its frequency is the operating frequen cy of th e

D/C# O The data/code output is one of the primary bus cycle definition pins. It is driven valid in the same clo ck as th e ADS#

D63-D0 I/O These are the 64 data lines for the processor. Lines D7-D0 define the least significant byte of the data bu s; line s

accessed. The external system dri ves th e i nquire address to the processo r on A31-A5.

next clock. The rest of the bus will rema in acti ve so da ta can be returned or driven for pre viousl y issued bus cycles.

clock that the address is driven. Even parity must b e d riven b ack to the pro cessor during inquire cycles on this pin in the same clock as EADS# to ensure that corre ct parity check status is indicated.

detected a parity error on the add ress b us d uri ng inquire cycles. APCHK# will remain active for one clo ck ea ch ti me a parity error is detected.

The byte enable pins are used to determine which bytes must be w ritten to external memory, or which bytes were

I/O

requested by the CPU fo r the current cycle. The byte enables a re driven in the same clock as the ad dre ss lines (A31-3).

changed until another non-warm (1 ms) assertion of RESET. Additionally, BF [2:0] must not change values while RESET is active. See Table 7 for Bus Frequency Selection. In order to override the internal defaults and guarantee that the BF [2:0] inputs remain stable while RESET is active, these pins should be strapped directly to or through a pull-up/pull-down resistor to VCC3 or ground. Driving these pins with active logic is not recommended unless stability during RESET can be guaranteed. During power up, RESET should be asserted prior to or ramp ed simu ltane ously with the core voltage su pp ly to the processor.

processor will float all pins norma lly floated during bus hold in the ne xt clo ck. T he processor remains in bus hold until BOFF# is negated, at which time the processor restarts the aborted bus cycle(s) i n th eir entirety.

sampled high at the falling edge of RESET, the APIC is enabled. APICEN shares a pin with the PICD1 signal.

OThe break point pins (BP3-0) correspond to the debug registers, DR3-DR0. These pins externally indicate a break point

match when the debug registers are programmed to test for break point matches. BP1 and BP0 are multiplexed with the performance monitoring pins (PM1 an d PM0). The PB1 and PB0 bits in the Debug Mode Control Register determine if the pins are configured as break point or performance monitoring pins. The pins come out of RESET configured for performance monitoring.

or that the external system has a ccep ted the processor data in respo nse to a write request. This sign al is sa mpled in the T2, T12 and T2P bus states.

signal is always driven whether or not the processor is driving its bus.

the processor will latch the address and con t rol signa ls in the machine check registers. If, in addition, the MC E bit in CR 4 is set, the processor will vector to the machine check exception. To assure that BUSCHK# wi ll al wa ys be recognized, STPCLK# m ust b e maintained anytime BUSCHK# is asserted by the system, before the system allows a no the r exte rnal bus cycle. If BUSCHK# is asserted by th e syste m for a sno op cycle while STPCLK# remains asserted , usu ally (if MCE = 1) th e processor will vector to the exception after STPCLK# is maintained. But if another sn oop to the same line occurs du rin g ST P CLK# assertion, the processor ca n l ose the BUSCHK# request.

writeback cycle (if a write). If this pin is dri ven inactive during a read cycle, the processor will not cache the returned data, regardless of the state of th e KEN# pin. This pin is also used to d ete rmine the cycle length (number of transfe rs in the cycle).

processor external bus and requires TTL levels. All externa l timing para mete rs exce pt TDI, TDO, TMS, TRST# and PICD0-1 are specified with respect to the rising edge of CLK. This pin is 2.5V-tolerant-only on the lo w-p ower embedded Pentiu m pro cessor with MMX technology. It is recommended that CL K begin 150 ms after VCC rea ches its proper operating level. Thi s recommendation is only to assure the long term reliability of the device.

signal is asserted. D/C# distinguishes be tween data and code or special cycles.

D63-D56 define the most significant b yte o f the data bus. When the CPU is driving the d ata line s, they are driven during the T2, T12 or T2P clocks for that cycle . Du rin g re ad s

processor with MMX technology emulates the address

Page 51

Symbol Type Name and Function

DP7-DP0 I/O These are the data parity pins for the processor. There is one for each byte o f the da ta bus. They are driven by the

processor with even parity information on writes in th e same clock as write data. Even parity information must b e d riven back to the Pentium processor with voltag e re duction technology on these pins in the same clo ck as th e d ata to ensure that the correct parity check status is indicated by the processor. DP7 applies to D 63 -D5 6; D P 0 a pp lies to D7-D0.

EADS# I This signal indicates that a valid external address has been driven onto the processor address pins to be used for an

inquire cycle.

EWBE# I The external write buffer empty input, when inactive (high ), indicates that a write cycle is pending in the exte rnal

system. When the processor generates a write and EWBE# is sampled inactive, th e p roce ssor will hold off all subsequent writes to all E- or M-state lin es in th e d ata cache until all write cycles have completed , as ind ica ted by EWBE# being active.

FERR# O The floating-point error pin is driven active when an unmasked floating-point error occurs. FERR# is similar to the

ERROR# pin on the Intel387

math coprocessor. FERR# is included for compatibility with systems using MS-DOS type

floating-point error reporting .

FLUSH# I When asserted, the cache flush input forces the processor to write back all modified lines in the da ta ca che and

invalidate its internal caches. A Flu sh Acknowledge special cycle will be generated by the processo r indi cati ng completion of the write-back and invalidation. If FLUSH# is sampled low when RESET transitions from high to low, three-state test mode is entered.

HIT# O The hit indication is d riven to refl ect th e o utco m e o f an inquire cycle. If an inquire cycle hits a valid line i n e ither th e data

or instruction cache, this pin is asserted two clo cks afte r EADS# is sa mpled asserted. If the inquire cycle misses the cache, this pin is negated two clocks a fter EAD S#. T h is p in cha ng es i ts value only as a result of an inquire cycle and retains its value between th e cycles.

HITM# O The hit to a modified line output is driven to reflect the ou tcome of an inquire cycle. It is asserted after inquire cycle s

which resulted in a hit to a modified line in the data cache. It is used to inhibit ano the r bus master from accessing the data until the line is completely written back.

HLDA O The bus hold acknowledge pin goes active in response to a ho ld req ue st driven to the processor on the HOLD pin. It

indicates that the processor has floated most of the output pins and relinquished the bus to another local bus master. When leaving bus hold, HLDA will be driven inactive and the processor will resume driving the bus. If the processor has a bus cycle pending, it will be driven in the sa me cl ock th at HLDA is maintained.

HOLD I In response to the bus hold request, the processor will float most of its outpu t and input/output pins and assert H LD A

after completing all outstanding bu s cycles. T he pro cesso r wi ll mainta in its bus i n th is state until HOLD is maintained. HOLD is not recognized du rin g L OCK cycles. The processor will recognize HOLD during reset.

IERR# O The internal error pin is used to indicate intern al pa rity errors. If a parity error occurs on a read from an internal array,

the processor will assert the IERR# pin for one clock and then shutdown.

IGNNE# I This is the ignore numeric error input. This pin has no effect w he n th e N E bit in CR0 is set to 1. When the CR0.NE bit

is 0, and the IGNNE# pin is a sserte d, the processor will ignore any pe nding unmasked numeric exception and continue executing floating-point instructions for the entire dura tion th at th is pin is asserted. When the CR0.NE bit is 0, IGNNE# is not asserted, a pending unmasked numeric exception e xists (SW.ES = 1), and the floating-p oi nt i nstru ctio n is on e o f FINIT, FCLEX, FSTENV, FSAVE, FSTSW, FSTCW, FENI, FDISI, or FSETPM, the processor will execute the instruction in spite of the pending e xception. When the CR0.NE bit is 0, IGNNE# is not asserted , a p en di ng un m aske d numeric exception exists (SW.ES = 1), and the floating-point instruction is one other than FINIT, FCLEX, FSTENV, FSAVE, FSTSW, FSTCW, FENI, FDISI, or FSETPM, the processor will stop exe cution an d w ait for a n e xtern al interru pt.

INIT I The processor initialization input pin forces the processor to begin execution in a known state. The processor state

after INIT is the same as the state after RESET except that the interna l cache s, write buffe rs, an d floating-p oint re gisters retain the values they had prior to INIT. INIT may NOT be used in lieu of RESET after power up. If INIT is sampled high when RESET transitions from high to low, the processor will perform built-in self test prior to the start of program execution.

INTR I An active maskable interrupt input indicates that an e xtern al interru pt has been generated. If the IF bit in the EFLAG S

register is set, the processor will generate two locked interrupt acknowledge bus cycles and vector to an interrupt andler after the current instruction executio n is comp le ted . INT R must re mai n a ctive un til the first inte rrup t ackn owledge cycle is generated to assure that th e inte rrup t is re cog nized .

INV I The invalidation input determines the final cache line state (S or I) in case of an inq uire cycl e h it. It is samp led to gether

with the address for the inquire cycle in the clock EADS# is sa mpled acti ve.

KEN# I The cache enable pin is used to determine whether the curre nt cycle i s cach enable or not and is consequen tly used to

determine cycle length. When th e processor generates a cycle tha t can be cached (CACHE# asse rted ) and KEN# is active, the cycle will be transformed into a burst line fill cycle.

LOCK# O The bus lock pin indicates that the current bus cycle is lo cked . T he processor will not allow a bus ho ld wh en LOCK# is

asserted (but AHOLD and BOF F # a re a llowed ). LO CK# goes active in the first clock of the first locked bus cycle a nd goes inactive after the BRDY# is retu rne d fo r the la st locked bu s cycle . LO CK# is gua ran teed to be maintained for at least one clock between ba ck-to-b ack l ocke d cycl es.

M/IO# O The memory/input-output is one of the primary bus cycle defi nition p in s. It is driven va lid in th e sa me cl ock a s the

ADS# signal is asserted. M/IO# distinguishes b etw een memory and I/O cycles.

NA# I An active next address input indicates that the external memory system is ready to accept a new bus cycle although all

data transfers for the current cycle ha ve n ot ye t comp le ted . T he pro cessor will issue ADS# for a pending cycle two clocks after NA# is asserted. The processor supports up to two outstanding bu s cycles.

NMI I The non-maskable interrupt request signal indicates that an external non-maskable interrupt has been generated.

Page 52

Symbol Type Name and Function

PCD O The page cache disable pin reflects the state of the PCD bit in CR3; Page Directory Entry or Page Ta ble En try. The

purpose of PCD is to provid e a n external cacheability indication on a page-by-page basis.

PCHK# O The parity check output indicates the result of a parity check on a data read . It is driven w ith pa rity stat us tw o clocks

after BRDY# is returned. PCHK# rema ins lo w o ne clock for each clock in which a parity error was detected. Parity is checked only for the bytes on wh ich valid da ta is retu rned.

PEN# I The parity enable input (along with CR4.MCE) determ ines whether a machine che ck exce pti on wi ll be taken as a result

of a data parity error on a read cycle. If thi s pi n is samp le d a ctive in the clock, a d ata pa rity e rror is de tected. The processor will latch the address and con trol sig nals o f the cycle with the parity error in the machine check registers. If, in addition, the machine check enab le bit in CR4 is set to "1", the processor will vector to the mach in e ch eck e xcep tio n before the beginning o f the next instruction.

PICCLK I The APIC interrupt controller serial data bus clock is driven into the programmable interrupt controller clock input of

the Pentium processor with MMX technology.

PICD0PICD1 [APICEN]

I/O Programmable interrupt con tro ller data lines 0-1 of the Pentium processor with MMX technology comprise the d ata

portion of the APIC 3-wire bus. They are open-drain outputs that require external pull-up resistor. These signals are multiple x e d with API CEN.

PM/BP[1:0] O These pins function as part of the performance monitoring feature.

The break point 1-0 pins are multiplexed with the performance monitoring 1-0 pins. The PB1 and PB0 bits in the Debug Mode Control Register determine if the pins are configured as break point or performance monitoring pins. The pins come out of RESET configured for performance monitoring.

PRDY O The probe ready output pin indicates that the processor has stopped normal execution in response to the R/S# pin

going active or Probe Mode being entered.

PWT O The page write-through pin reflects the state of the PWT bit in CR3, the page directory entry, or the page table entry.

The PWT pin is used to provi de an external writeback indication on a page-by-page basis.

R/S# I The run/stop inpu t is provide d fo r use with the Intel debug port. Please refer to the Embedded Pentium

Processor

Family Developer’s Manual (Order Number 273204) for m ore details.

RESET I RESET forces the proce ssor to begin execution at a kn own state. All the processor inte rna l ca che s will be invalidated

upon the RESET. Modified lines in the data cache are not written back. FLUSH# and INIT are sa mpled wh en RESET transitions from high to low to determine if th ree -state test mo de will be entered or if BIST will be run.

SCYC O The split cycle output is asserted during misaligned LOC Ked transfers to indicate that more than tw o cycl es w ill be

locked together. This signal is defi ned for locked cycles only. It is undefin ed for cycl es which are not locked.

SMI# I The system management interrupt causes a system manag eme nt i nte rrup t request to be latched internally. When th e

latched SMI# is recognized on an instruction boundary, the processor enters System Man ag em e nt M ode.

SMIACT# O An active system management interrupt active output indicates that the processor is op era ting i n Syste m

Management Mode.

STPCLK# I Assertion of the stop clock input signifies a requ est to stop the internal clock of the Penti um p rocessor with voltage

reduction technology thereby causing the core to consume less power. When the CPU recognizes STPCLK#, the processor will stop execution on the next instruction boundary, unless superseded by a highe r pri ority in terru pt, and generate a Stop Grant Ackno wl ed ge cycle . Wh en STPCLK# is asserted, the processor will still respond to external snoop requests.

TCK I The testability clock input provides the clocking function for the processor boundary sca n in a ccord ance with the IEEE

Boundary Scan interface (Standard 1149.1). It is used to clock state information and data into and out of the processor during boundary scan.

TDI I The test da t a input is a serial input for the test logic. TAP instructions and da ta are shifted into the processor on the TDI

pin on the rising edge of T CK w hen the TAP controller is in an ap propriate state.

TDO O The test data output is a serial output of the test log ic. TAP instru ctions a nd data are shifted out of the processo r on the

TDO pin on TCK’s falling e dg e when the TAP controller is in an appropriate state.

TMS I The value of the test mode select input signal sampled at the rising edge of TCK controls the sequence of TAP

controller state changes. TRST# I When asserted, the test reset input allows the TAP co ntro ller to be asynchronously initialize d. VCC2DET# N/A Differentiate between the Pentium Processor with MMX technology and the low-power embedded Pentium processor

with MMX technology.

This is an Internal No Connect (INC) p in on the low-power embedded Pentium processor with MMX technology. This pin

is not defined on the HL-PBGA packag e. VCC2 I These pins are the power inputs to the core: 1.9V input fo r 16 6/266MHz PPGA; 1.8 V for 166 MHz HL-PBG A; 2.0 V for

166 MHz HL-PBGA. VCC3 I These pins are the 2.5V power inputs to the I/O. VSS I These pins are the ground inputs. W/R# O Write/read is one of the primary bus cycle definition pins. It is driven valid in the same clock as the ADS# signal is

asserted. W/R# distinguishes between write and read cycles. WB/WT# I The write-back/write-through inpu t al lo ws a data cache line to be define d as writeback or writethrough on a line-by-line

basis. As a result, it determines whether a cache line is initially in the S or E state in the da ta ca che.

Page 53

9. CHIPSET

9-1. INTRODUCTION

OPTi’s FireStar Plus (82C700U3.2) is used. FireStar Strap Options

Pin No. Pin Name Internally at Reset Setting Function

N25 RTCRD# Pull low Pull high (Vcc5) PCICLK1 Enable N26 RTCWR# Pull low Pull low PCICLK2 Disable

J24 ROMCS# Pull low Pull low PCICLK3-5 Disable

J26 KBDCS# Pull low Pull low AF5 INTR Pull high Pull low PCIVCC = 5.0V AD5 NMI Pull high Pull high(CPU Vcc) DRAMVCC = 3.3V AC6 IGERR# Pull low Pull low ISAVCC = 5.0V H24 DBEW# Pull low Pull low PPWR = Normal mode

R5 BOFF# Pull low Pull low PPWR0# Selected

N24 RTCAS Pull high Pull low Normal decode ISA mode

R3 A20M# Pull low Pull high (CPU Vcc)

AB14 PCICLK0 Pull low Pull low No MCACHE support

B7 RSVD Pull low Pull high (CPU Vcc) CPUVCC = 2.5V

AB5 TMS - - - Pull low Normal operation

The internal resister is abou t 50 kohm. The external resister is 10 kohm.

9-2. PIN ASSIGNMENTS

1234567891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

HD48

HD49

HD50

HD52

HD55

HD59

SDCKE*

TAG4

TAG-

CAS3#

CAS7#

MA1

MA5

MA9

MD61

MD56

MD52

MD47

MD42

MD38

MD33

MD29

CAS#

H46D

HD47

HD51

HD53

HD56

HD60

RSVD

HD43

HD44

HD45

HD54

HD57

HD61

OSC32

HD39

HD40

HD41

HD42

HD58

HD62

HD35

HD36

HD37

HD38

HD30

HD31

HD32

HD33

HD26

HD27

HD28

HD29

HD21

HD22

HD23

HD24

HD16

HD17

HD18

HD19

HD12

HD13

HD14

HD15

HD7

HD8

HD9

HD10

HD3

HD4

HD5

HD6

GWE#

HD0

HD1

HD2

CDOE#

ADV#

CACS#

BWE#

CPU-

KEN#

A20M#

CACHE

LOCK#

BE5#

BE1#

HA5

HA9

HA13

HA16

HA18

HA22

HA23

D/C#

AHOLD

BE6#

BE2#

HA4

HA8

HA12

HA15

HA24

HA25

HA26

HITM#

EADS#

NA#

BE7#

BE3#

HA3

HA7

HA11

HA27

HA28

HA29

HA30

RST

FERR#

SMI-

ACT#

BE4#

BE0#

HA6

HA10

HA14

HA17

HA19

HA20

HA21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314151617181920212223242526

Note: *In FireStar ACPI pin A7 becomes SDCKE, where as in the non~ACPI version it is reserved. However, in both versions pin A7 is still used as part of the input address for NAND tree test mode.

OSC_ 14MHZ

HD34

VCC

_CPU

HD25

HD20

VCC

_CORE

HD11

CPU-

CLKIN

GND

ADSC#

BOFF#

VCC

_CPU

BRDY#

ADS#

VCC

_CPU

M/IO#

W/R#

TMS

HA31

NMI

SMI#

INTR

HD63

GND

PCI

CLKIN

IGERR#

CPU-

INIT

STP

CLK#

AD31

RAS#

5VREF

VCC _PCI

AD30

AD29

AD28

AD27

TAG7

TAG6

TAG5

VCC

_CPU

AD26

AD25

AD24

AD23

AD22

TAG3

TAG2

TAG1

TAG0

FRAME

AD21

AD20

AD19

AD18

WE#

CAS0#

CAS4#

RAS2#

CAS1#

CAS5#

RAS3#

CAS2#

CAS6#

DWE#

VCC

RAS0#

_DRAM

Ground

Key :

Power Multiplexed Signal - Refer to Ta ble 3-2

VCC

IRDY#

_PCI

AD17

AD16

AD15

AD14

TRDY#

AD13

AD12

AD11

AD10

MA2

MA3

MA0

MA4

RAS1#

GND

Top Vi ew

GND

AD9

AD5

AD8

AD4

AD7

AD3

AD6

AD2

MA6

MA7

MA8

GND

PCI

CLK0

AD1

AD0

C/BE3#

C/BE2#

MA10

MA11

MD63

MD62

GNT2#

C/BE1#

C/BE0#

PLOCK

DEVSEL#

MD60

MD55

MD51

MD46

MD41

MD37

MD59

MD54

MD50

MD45

MD40

MD36

MD58

MD53

MD49

MD44

MD39

MD35

MD57

VCC

MD48

HD43

VCC

_CORE

IRQ 3/A

IRQ 4/B

IRQ 5/C

IRQ 6/D

_DRAM

CMD#

SEL#/

ATB#

IRQ 7/E

IRQ6#

IRQ 9/F

HD34

GND

5VREF

IRQ

11/H

IRQ12

IRQ14

IRQ15

_DRAM

VCC

GNT1#

REQ1#

_PCI

STOP#

CPAR

GNT3#

GNT0#

SERR#

REQ3#

REQ2#

PERR#

CLK

RUN#

REQ0#

IRQ SER

IRQ1

MD32

MD31

MD30

RAS4#

MD5

MD0

DACK

_CORE

DACK

6#/F#

DACK

0#/A#

VCC _ISA

AEN

SA1

GND

SA10

SA15

VCC _ISA

SMWR#

BALE

VCC _ISA

ATCLK

IRQ

10/G

SD15

SD14

SD13

SD12

MD25

MD28

MD24

MD27

MD23

MD26

MD14

MD10

MD11

MD6

MD1

SPKR

DBEW#DDRQ0 PWR

OUT

DACK

7#/G#

DACK

1#/B#

2#/C#

DRQ

3/D

SA0

SA5

SA9

SA14

SA13

SA19

SA18

SA23

SA22

IO16#

M16#

XD3

XD7

MWR#

IOR#

PPWRL

RESET

SD11

SD10

SD9

MD7

MD2

CS#

DRQ

RTC

SA4

SA8

XD2

XD6

SD2

SD8

SD7

5/E

0/A

MD22

MD20

MD21

MD19

MD17

MD18

MD15

MD16

MD12

MD13

MD8

MD3

RFSH# KBD

DACK

3#/D#

5#/E#

DRQ

6/F

DRQ

1/B

RTC RD#

WR#

SA3

SA7

SA12

SA11

SA17

SA16

SA21

SA20

SBHE#

SMRD#

XD1

XD5

IOW#

IOCH-

RST

MRD#

DRV

SD1

SD4

SD6

MD9

MD4

CS#

RTC

SA2

SA6

XD0

XD4

RDY

SD0

SD3

SD5

7/G

2/C

Page 54

9-3. PIN DESCRIPTION

9-3-1. CPU INTERFACE SIGNALS SET

Signal Name Pin No.

Host Data Bus HD[63:0] Refer to

Table 3-2

CPU Address

HA[31:3] Refer to

Table 3-2

BE[7:0]# V4:V1,

W4:W1

NMI AD5 O

Strap option pin, refer to Table 3-7

INTR AF5 O

Strap option pin, refer to Table 3-7

FERR# T1 I Floating Point Coprocessor Error: This input causes two operations

IGERR# AC6 I/O

Strap option pin, refer to Table 3-7

CPU Control/Status

CPUINIT AD6 O CPU Initi a lize: a shutdown cycle o r a l ow -to-h igh transition of I/O Port

M/IO# Y5 I Memory/Input-Output: M/IO#, D/C#, and W / R# de fin e C PU bus

D/C# T3 I Data/Control: D/C#, M/IO#, and W/R# defin e C PU bus cycles. (See

W/R# AA5 I/O

INV O

ADS3 V5 I Address Strobe: The CPU asserts ADS# to indicate that a new b us

BRDY# U5 O

Signal Type

(Drive)

I/O

(4mA)

I/O

(4mA)

I Byte Enables 7 through 0: Selects the active byte lanes on HD[63:0].

(4mA)

Selected By Signal De scription

Host Data Bus Lines 63 through 0: Provides a 64-bit data path to the CPU.

Host Address Bus Lines 31 through 3: HA[31:3] are the address lines of the CPU bus. HA[31:3] are connected to CPU lines A[31:3]. Along with the byte enable sig na ls, HA[31:3] define the physical area of memory or I/O being accessed.

During CPU cycles, the HA[31:3] line s are inputs. They are used for address decoding and second level cache tag looku p se quences.

During inquire cycles, the HA[31:5 ] line s are outputs to the CPU to snoop the first level cache tags. They a lso are outputs to the L2 cache.

Non-Maskable Interrupt: This signal is activated when a p arity erro r from a local memory read is detected or when the IOCHK# signal from the ISA bus is asserted and the corresponding control bi t in P ort B i s also enabled.

Interrupt Request: INTR is driven to signal the CPU that an in terru pt request is pending and needs to be serviced. The inte rrupt controller must be programmed following a reset to en sure tha t INTR is at a known state.

to occur. IRQ13 is triggered and IGERR# is ena bled . An I/O write to Port F0h will set IGERR# low when FERR # is low.

Ignore Coprocessor Error: Normally high, IGERR# will go low after FERR# goes low an d a n I/O wri te to Port 0F0h occurs. When F E RR # goes high, IGERR# is driven high.

092h bit 0 will trigger CPUINIT. If keyboard emulation is enabled (default), a CPUINIT wi ll be generated when a Port 064h write cycle with data FEh is decoded. If keyboard emulation has been disabled, then this signal will be triggered when it sees the KBRST fro m the keyboard.

cycles. Interrupt acknowledge cycles are forwarded to the PCI bus as PCI interrupt acknowledge cycles. All I/O cycles and any memory cycles that are not directed to memory co ntro lled by the DRAM interface are forwarded to PC I.

M/IO# definition above.)

Cycle Multiplexed

Write/Read: W/R#, D/C#, and M/IO# defi ne CPU bus cycles. (See M/IO# definition above.)

Invalidate: Pin AA5 also serves as an output signal an d i s use d a s INV for L1 cache during an i nq ui re cycl e.

cycle is beginning. ADS# is driven active i n th e sa me cl ock a s the address, byte enables, and cycle de finition sig na ls.

ADS# has an internal pull-up resisto r tha t is disa bled when the system is in the Suspend mode .

Burst Ready: BRDY# indicates that the system h as re sponded in one of three ways:

1) Valid data has been placed on the CPU data bus in response to a read,

2) CPU write data has been accepted by the system, or

3) the system has responded to a spe cial cycle.

Page 55

Signal Name Pin No.

NA# U4 O

Signal Type

(Drive)

(4mA)

Selected By Signal Description

Next Address: This signal is connected to the CPU’s NA# p in to request pipelined addressing fo r lo cal memory cycle. FireStar asserts NA# for one clock when th e system is ready to accept a new address from the CPU, even if all data transfers for the current cycle have not completed.

KEN# R2 O

(4mA)

EADS# T4 O

(4mA)

Cycle Multiplexed

Cache Enable: This pin is connected to the KEN# inp ut o f the CPU and is used to determine w he t he r the current cycle is cacheable.

External Address Strobe: This outpu t indicates that a valid address has been driven onto the CPU address bus by an external device. This address will be used to perfo rm an internal cache inquiry cycle when the CPU samples EADS# active.

WB/WT# Write-back/Write-Through: Pin T4 is also used to control writeback

or write-though policy for th e p rima ry cache during CPU cycles.

HITM# R4 I Hit Modified: Indicates that the CPU has had a hit on mod ified line in

its internal cache during an inquire cycle. It is used to prepare for write-back.

CACHE# T2 I Cacheability: This inpu t is conn ected to the CACHE# pin of the CPU.

It goes active during a CPU initia ted cycle to i nd icate when, an internal cacheable read cycle or a b urst w rite -back cycle, occurs.

AHOLD U3 O

(4mA)

Address Hold: This signal is used to tristate the CPU a ddress b us fo r internal cache snooping.

LOCK# U2 I CPU Bus Lock: The processor asserts LOCK# to indicate the current

bus cycle is locked. It is used to genera te PL OC K# fo r the PCI bus. LOCK# has an internal pull-down resistor that is engaged when HLDA

is active.

BOFF# R5 O

Strap option

(4mA)

Back-off: This pin is connected to the BOFF# input of the CPU.

pin, refer to Table 3-7

CPURST R1 O

(4mA)

RSMRST SYSCFG

(Always) CPU Reset: This signal generates a hard reset to the CPU whenever

the PWRGD input goes active. Resume Reset: Generates a hard reset to the CPU on resuming from

ADh[5] = 1

Suspend mode.

Host Power Control

SMI# AE5 O

(4mA)

System Management Interrupt: This signal is us ed to re quest System Management Mo de (S M M) operation.

SMIACT# U1 I S ystem Managemen t Interrupt Active: The CP U a sserts SMIACT#

in response to the SMI# signal to indicate tha t it is opera ting in System Management Mode (SMM).

STPCLK#

AE6

(4mA)

Stop Clock: This signal is connected to the STPCLK# input of the CPU. It causes the CPU to get into the STPGEN T# sta te.

L2 Cache Control

CDOE# P1 O

(4mA)

CACS# P3 O

(4mA)

DIRTY I/O

(4mA)

PCIDV1 80h = 00h

See SYSCFG 16h[7,5] bit descriptions on page 266

Cache Output Enable: This signal is connected to the output en ab le s of the SRAMs of the L2 cache in b oth ba nks to enable data read.

Cache Chip Select: This pin is connected to the chip selects of the SRAMs in the L2 cache to enab le da ta re ad/write operations. If not used, the CS# lines of the cache should be tied low.

Tag Dirty Bit: This separate dirty bit allows the tag data to be 8 b its wide instead of 7.

DIRTY is a 5.0V toleran t input, even when its power plane is connected to 3.3V as lon g a s the 5VREF pins of FireStar are connected to +5.0V.

BWE# P4 O

(4mA)

GWE# N1 O

(4mA)

TAG0 E9 I/O

(4mA)

TAG1 D9 I/O

(4mA)

SYSCFG 19h[7] = 0

SYSCFG 11h[3] = 0

SYSCFG 00h[5] = 0

Byte Write Enable: Write command to L2 cache indicating tha t only bytes selected by BE[7:0]# will be written .

Global Write Enable: Write command to L2 cach e ind ica ting th at a ll bytes will be written.

Tag RAM Data Bit 0: This input signal becomes an ou tput whenever TAGWE# is activated to write a new tag to the Tag RAM.

Tag RAM Data Bit 1: This input signal becomes an ou tput whenever TAGWE# is activated to write a new tag to the Tag RAM.

11h[3] = 0

TAG2 C9 I/O

(4mA)

SYSCFG 00h[5] = 0

Tag RAM Data Bit 2: This input signal becomes an ou tput whenever TAGWE# is activated to write a new tag to the Tag RAM.

11h[3] = 0

Page 56

Signal Name Pin No.

TAG 3 B9 I/O

TAG 4 A9 I/O

TAG 5 D8 I/O

TAG 6 C8 I/O

TAG 7 B8 I/O

TAGWE# A10 O

ADSC# P5 O

ADV# P2 O

Signal Type

(Drive)

(4mA)

Selected By Signal Description

SYSCFG 00h[5] = 0 11h[3] = 0

SYSCFG 11[3] = 0

SYSCFG 11h[3] = 0

PCIDV1 81h = 00h

PCIDV1 82h = 00h

PCIDV1 83h = 00h

Tag RAM Data Bit3: This input signal becomes an output whenever

TAGWE# is activated to write a new tag to the Tag RAM.

Tag RAM Data Bit 4: This input signal becomes an outpu t whenever TAGWE# is activated to write a new tag to the Tag RAM.

Tag RAM Data Bit 5: This input signal becomes an ou tput whenever TAGWE# is activated to write a new tag to the Tag RAM.

Tag RAM Data Bit 6: This input signal becomes an ou tput whenever TAGWE# is activated to write a new tag to the Tag RAM.

Tag RAM Data Bit 7: This input signal becomes an ou tput whenever TAGWE# is activated to write a new tag to the Tag RAM.

Tag RAM Write Enable: This control strobe is used to upd ate the Tag RAM with the valid tag of the ne w ca che line that replaces the current one during external cach e read miss cycles.

Controller Address Strobe: For a synchronous L2 cache operation, this pin is connected to the ADSC # inp ut o f the synchronous SRAMs.

Advance Output: For synchronous cache L2 operation, this p in becomes the advance output and is connected to the ADV# input of the synchronous SRAMs.

9-3-2. DRAM and PCI Interface Signal Set

Signal Name Pin No.

DRAM Interface

RAS0#m E12 E12 O

SDCS0# SDRAM Chip Select Line 0: Each SDCS# output corresponds to a

RAS1# E13 O SDCS1# SDRAM Chip Select Line 1: Refer to SDCS0# description.

RAS2# B12 O SDCS2# SDRAM Chip Select Line 2: Refer to SDCS0# description.

RAS3# C12 O SDCS3# SDRAM Chip Select Line 3: Refer to SDCS0# description. RAS4# E22 O

MA12 SYSCFG

CAS[7:0]# A12,

D11, C11, B11, A11,

SDDQM[7:0]# SDRAM Data Mask Control Bits 7 through 0: During SDRAM read

SDCAS# A8 O SDRAM Column Address Strobe (primary copy): This output is

D10, C10,

B10

Signal Type

(Drive)

(8/12mA)

(8mA)

Selected By Signal Description

Cycle Multiplexed

Cycle Multiple x e d if PCIDV1 85h = 00h

Cycle Multiple x e d if PCIDV1 84h = 00h

Cycle Multiplexed

SYSCFG 19h[3] = 1

19h[3] = 1 PCIDV1 53h[6:5] = 10

Cycle Multiplexed

Row Address Strobe 0: Each RAS# signal corresp onds to a unique DRAM bank. Depend in g on the kind of DRAM modules being used, this signal may or may not need to be buffere d e xtern ally. This signal, however, should be connected to the corresponding DRAM RAS# line through a damping resistor.

unique SDRAM Bank. When active, the SDRAM will accept th e command from FireStar. These outputs must b e co nn ected to the SDRAM banks through a damping resistor.

Row Address Strobe 1: Refer to RAS0# sign al description.

Row Address Strobe 2: Refer to RAS0# sign al description.

Row Address Strobe 3: Refer to RAS0# sign al de scrip tion.

Row Address Strobe 4 (primary copy): Refer to RAS0# signal

description.

Memory Address Bus Line 12

Column Address Strobe Lines 7 through 0 (primary copies): The

CAS[7:0]# outputs correspond to the eight bytes for e ach DRAM bank. Each DRAM bank has a 64-bit data bus. These sign al s are typi cal ly connected directly to the DRAM’s C AS# inp uts th rou gh a d amp ing resistor.

cycles, these outputs control wh eth er th e DRAM output buffers are driven on the MD bus or not.

During SDRAM write cycles, these ou tpu t s con trol wh eth er o r not MD data will be written into the memory device.

part of the SDRAM command combination. This pi n sh ould be connected to the SDR AM thro ugh a damping resistor.

Page 57

Signal Name Pin No.

Signal Type

(Drive)

Selected By Signal Description

SDRAS# D7 O SDAM Row Address Strobe (primary copy): This output is part of

the SDRAM command combination. This pin should be connected to the SDRAM through a damping resistor.

DWE# E10 O

(8mA)

Cycle Multiplexed

DRAM Write Enable (primary copy): This signal is the common write enable for all 64 bits of DRAM if either fast pag e mode or EDO DRAMs are used. This signal can be buffered externally before connection to the WE# input o f the DRAMs.

SDWE# SDRAM Write Enable: This output is the write enab le signa l for

SDRAM.

MA[11:0] Refer to

Table 3-2

(8/12mA)

Memory Address Bus Lines 11 through 0: Multiplexed row/column address lines to the DRAM s. De pending on the kind of DRA M modules being used, these signals may or may not nee d to be buffered externally. MA12 is o ptionally available instead of RA S3# or RAS4#.

MD[63:32] Refer to

Table 3-2

MD[31:0] Refer to

Table 3-2

I/O

(4mA)

I/O

(4mA)

Higher Order Memory Data Bus: These pins are connected directly to the higher order DR AM data bus.

Lower Order Mem ory Data Bus: These pins are connected directly to the lower order DRAM data bus.

PCI Bus Interface

AD[31:0] Refer to

Table 3-2

I/O

(PCI)

PCI Address an Data: AD[31:0] are bidirectional address and data lines for the PCI bus. The AD[31:0] signals samp le or d rive the address and data on the PCI bus.

C/BE[3:0]# AE14,

AF14, AC15,

AD15

I/O

(PCI)

PCI Bus Command and Byte Enables: During the address phase of a transaction, C/BE[3:0]# define th e PCI command. During the data phase, C/BE[3:0]# a re u sed as the PCI byte enables. T he PCI commands indicate the current cycle type, and the PCI byte enables indicate which byte lanes carry meaningful data. FireSta r drives C / BE# as an initiator of a PCI bus cycle and mon itors C/BE[3:0]# as a target.

CPAR AC17 I/O

(PCI)

Calculated Parity Signal: PAR is "even" parity and is calculated on 36 bits - AD[31:0] plus C/BE[3:0]#. PAR is generated for address and data phases and is only guaran teed to be valid on the PCI clock after the corresponding ad dre ss or data phase.

FRAME# AB9 I/O

(PCI)

Cycle Frame: FRAME# is driven by the current bus maste r to ind icate the beginning and duration of an access. FRAME# is asserted to indicate that a bus transaction is beginning. FRAME# is an input when FireStar is the target and an output whe n it is the initiator.

IRDY# AB11 I/O

(PCI)

Initiator Ready: IRDY# indicates FireStar’s ability, as an initiator, to complete the current data phase of the transaction. It is used in conjunction with TRDY#. A d ata ph ase is completed on each clock that both IRDY# and T RDY# are sampled asserted . IRDY# is an input to when FireStar is the target and an ou tput when it is the initiator.

TRDY# AB12 I/O

(PCI)

Target Ready: TRDY# indicates FireStar’s ability to complete the current data phase of the transaction. It is used in conjunction with IRDY#. A data phase is completed on ea ch clock th at TRDY# and IRDY# are both sampled asserted. TRDY# is an in pu t when FireStar is the initiator and an output wh en it is the targ et.

DEVSEL# AF15 I/O

(PCI)

Device Select: FireStar asserts DEVSEL# to claim a PCI transaction. As an output, FireStar asserts DEVSEL# when it samples configuration cycles to the configurati on reg iste rs. FireStar also asserts DEVSEL# when an internal IPC address is decod ed .

As an input, DEVSEL# indicates the response to a transaction. If n o slave claims the cycle, FireStar will assert DEVSEL# to terminate th e cycle.

STOP# AC16 I/O

(PCI)

Stop: STOP# indicates that FireStar, as a targent, is requesting a master to stop the current transactio n. As a maste r, STOP# causes FireStar to stop the current transaction. STOP# is an o utp ut w he n FireStar is a target and an input wh en it is the initiato r.

PLOCK# AE15 I/O

(PCI)

PCI Lock: PLOCK# is used to indicate an atomic ope ration that may require multiple transactions to complete. Wh en PLOCK# is asserted, non-exclusive transactions ma y proceed to an address that is n ot currently locked. Control of PLOCK# is obtained under its own protocol in conjunction with PGNT#.

Page 58

Signal Name Pin No.

SERR# AD17 I/O

PERR# AE17 I/O

PCICLKIN AB6 I PCI Clock Input: Master PCI clock input on the CPU power plane.

PIO6 AF16 I/O

REQ0# AF17 I PCI Bus Request 0: REQ# is used by PCI bus masters to request

GNT0# AD16 O

PIO7 AB18 I/O

PCICLK0 AB14 O

Strap option pin, refer to Table 3-7

PCICLK1 AB17 O

REQ2# AB16 I PCIDV1

GNT2# AB15 O

REQ3# AD18 I PCI Bus Request 3: REQ# is used by PCI bus masters to request

GNT3# AC18 O

Signal Type

(Drive)

(PCI)

(4mA)

(PCI)

(4mA)

(PCI)

(4mA)

(PCI)

Selected By Signal Description

System Error: SERR# can be pulsed active by an y PCI d evice th at detects a system error condition. U po n sampl ing SER R# active, FireStar generates a n on -m aska bl e interrupt (NMI) to the 3.3V Pentium CPU.

Party Error: PERR# may be pulsed by any agent that detects a parity error during an address phase, or by the master or by the selected target during any data phase in which the AD[31:0] lines are inputs. Upon sampling PERR# active, FireStar generate s a n on -maska ble interrupt (NMI) to the 3.3V Pentium CPU .

PCICLKIN is a 5.0V tolerant input, even when its po we r pl ane is connected to 3.3V as lon g a s the 5VREF pins of FireStar are connected to +5.0V.

PCIDV1 86h = 00h

PCIDV1 87h = 00h

RTCRD# strap option

88h = 00h Default PCI Bus Grant 2: GNT# is returned to PCI bus masters asserting

Programmable Input/Output 6: See Section 3.3, "Programmable I/O Pins"

control of the bus. PCI Bus Grant 0: GNT# is returned to PCI bus masters asserting

REQ#, when the bu s be com es available. Programmable Input/Output 7: See Section 3.3, "Programmable I/O

Pins", on page 33 for mo re details.

PCI Clock Output 0: This PCI clock output is always available.

PCI Clock Output 1

PCI Bus Request 2: REQ# is used by PCI bus masters to request

control of the bus.

REQ#, when the bu s be com es available.

control of the bus. PCI Bus Grant 3: GNT# is returned to PCI bus masters asserting

REQ#, when the bu s be com es available.

9-3-3. IDE Interface Signal Set

Signal Name Pin No.

Bus Master IDE Interface

DBEW# H24

Strap option

pin, refer to

Table 3-7

DDRQ0 H25 I/O

Clock and Reset Interface

RESET# AC24 O

PWRGD H26 I Power Good: This input reflects the "wired-OR" status of th e e xtern al

OSC_14MHZ E5 I Timer Oscillator Clock: This is the main clock used by the intern al

Signal Type

(Drive)

(4mA)

(8mA)

Selected By Signal Description

Default Drive W Buffer Control

PCIDV1 89h = 00h

Drive Cable A DMA Request

System Reset: When asserted, this signal resets the CPU. RESET#

is asserted in response to a PWRGD only and is guara nte ed to be active for 1ms such that CLK and VCC are stable.

If RSTDRV is programmed to toggle in Suspend (via SYSCFG 40h[0]), so will RESET# since RESET# is derived from RSTDRV.

reset switch and the power good status from the power supply.

8254 timers. It is connected to a 14.31818MHz oscillator. OSC_14MHz is a 5.0V to le ran t in pu t, even when its power plan e i s

connected to 3.3.V as lon g as the 5VREF pins of Fire St ar a re connected to +5.0V.

Page 59

Signal Name Pin No.

OSC32 C7 I 32KHz Clock: This signal is used as a 32KHz clock input. It is used

CPUCLKIN M5 I Feedback input to Circuitry: This input clock must be equivalent to,

Signal Type

(Drive)

Selected By Signal Description

for power management and is usually the only active clock when the system is in Suspend mode.

OSC32 is a 5.0V toleran t in pu t, even when its power plan e is connected to 3.3.V as lon g as the 5VREF pins of Fire St ar a re connected to +5.0V.

and in phase with, the clock going to the CPU. Note: This is a CMOS-level input and therefore it is imperative that

the rise time on this signal is less than or equal to 2.5ns.

9-3-4. ISA INTERFACE SIGNAL SET

Signal Name Pin No.

Interrupt Controller Interface

IRQ1 AF18 I PCIDV1

IRQA/IRQ3 AC19 I Programmable Interrupt Request A/IRQ3: This input defaults to

IRQB/IRQ4 AD19 I Programmable Interrupt Request B/IRQ4: This input defaults to

IRQC/IRQ5 AE19 I Programmable Interrupt Request C/IRQ5: This input defaults to

IRQD/IRQ6 AF19 I Programmable Interrupt Request D/IRQ6: This input defaults to

IRQC/IRQ7 AD20 I Programmable Interrupt Request E/IRQ7: This input de fau lts to

IRQ8# AE20 I PCIDV1

IRQF/IRQ9 AF20 I Programmable Interrupt Request F/IRQ9: This input defaults to

IRQG/IRQ10 AB22 I Programmable Interrupt Request G/IRQ10: This input defaults to

IRQH/IRQ11 AC21 I Programmable Interrupt Request H/IRQ11: This input defaults to

IRQ12 AD21 I PCIDV1

IRQ14 AE21 I PCIDV1

IRQ15 AF21 I PCIDV1

IRQSER

AE18 I/O

Signal Type

(Drive)

Selected By Signal Description

Interrupt Request 1: Normally conn ecte d to the keyboard controller.

8Ah = 00h

8Bh = 00h

8Ch = 00h

8Dh = 00h

BBh[0] = 0 PCIDV1

BAh[0] = 0

IRQ1 is a 5.0V tolerant inpu t, even when its power plan e is connected to 3.3.V as long as the 5VREF pins of FireStar are connected to +5.0V.

IRQ3, however, it can be programme d to route onto any ISA or PCI interrupt through PCIDV1 B0h.

IRQA/IRQ3 is a 5.0V tolerant input, eve n when its power plane is connected to 3.3.V as long as the 5VREF pins of FireStar are connected to +5.0V.

IRQ4, however, it can be programme d to route onto any ISA or PCI interrupt through PCIDV1 B1h.

IRQB/ITQ4 is a 5.0V tolerant input, even wh en its p ow er p lane is connected to 3.3.V as long as the 5VREF pins of FireStar are connected to +5.0V.

IRQ5, however, it can be programme d to route onto any ISA or PCI interrupt through PCIDV1 B2h.

IRQC/IRQ5 is a 5.0V tolerant input, even when its power plane is connected to 3.3.V as long as the 5VREF pins of FireStar are connected to +5.0V.

IRQ6, however, it can be programme d to route onto any ISA or PCI interrupt through PCIDV1 B3h.

IRQD/IRQ6 is a 5.0V tolerant input, even when its power plane is connected to 3.3.V as long as the 5VREF pins of FireStar are connected to +5.0V.

IRQ7, however, it can be programme d to route onto any ISA or PCI interrupt through PCIDV1 B4h.

Interrupt Request 8: Normally conn ecte d to the RTC alarm output.

IRQ9, however, it can be programme d to route onto any ISA or PCI interrupt through PCIDV1 B5h.

IRQ10, however, it can be programmed to route onto any ISA or PCI interrupt through PCIDV1 B6h.

IRQ11, however, it can be programmed to route onto any ISA or PCI interrupt through PCIDV1 B7h.

Interrupt Request 12: Normally connected to the mouse interrupt from the keyboard controller.

Interrupt Request 14: Normally connected to the primary IDE channel.

Interrupt Request 15: Normally connected to the secondary IDE channel.

Serial interrupt Request: Bidirectional interrupt line for Compa q style of serial IRQs.

Page 60

Signal Name Pin No.

Signal Type

(Drive)

Selected By Signal Description

ISA DMA Arbiter Interface

DRQA/DRQ0 M24 I PCIDV1

99h = 00h

Programmable DMA Request A/DRQ0: The DRQ is used to request DMA service from the DMA controller.

This input defaults to DRQ0, howe ver, it can be programmed to route onto any internal DRQ by programming PCIDV1 C0h[2:0].

DRQB/DRQ1 M25 I PCIDV1

9Ah = 00h

Programmable DMA Request B/DRQ1: The DRQ is used to request DMA service from the DMA controller.

This input defaults to DRQ1, howe ver, it can be programmed to route onto any internal DRQ by programming PCIDV1 C0h[6:4].

DRQC/DRQ2 M26 I PCIDV1

9Bh = 00h

Programmable DMA Request C/DRQ2: The DRQ is used to request DMA service from the DMA controller.

This input defaults to DRQ0, howe ver, it can be programmed to route onto any internal DRQ by programming PCIDV1 C1h[2:0].

DRQD/DRQ3 L23 I PCIDV

9Ch = 00h

Programmable DMA Request D/DRQ3: The DRQ is used to request DMA service from the DMA controller.

This input defaults to DRQ3, howe ver, it can be programmed to route onto any internal DRQ by programming PCIDV1 C1h[6:4].

DRQE/DRQ5 L24 I PCIDV1

9Dh = 00h

Programmable DMA Request E/DRQ5: The DRQ is used to request DMA service from the DMA controller.

This input defaults to DRQ5, howe ver, it can be programmed to route onto any internal DRQ by programming PCIDV1 C2h[6:4].

DRQF/DRQ6 M25 I PCIDV1

9Eh = 00h

Programmable DMA Request F/DRQ6: The DRQ is u sed to request DMA service from the DMA controller.

This input defaults to DRQ6, howe ver, it can be programmed to route onto any internal DRQ by programming PCIDV1 C3h[2:0].

DRQG/DRQ7 L26 I PCIDV1

9Fh = 00h

Programmable DMA Request G/DRQ6: The DRQ is u sed to request DMA service from the DMA controller.

This input defaults to DRQ7, howe ver, it can be programmed to route onto any internal DRQ by programming PCIDV1 C3h[6:4].

DACKA#/DACK0# K22 O Programmable DMA Acknowledge A/DACK0#: DACK# is used to

acknowledge DRQ to a llow DM A transfer. This input defaults to DACK0#, ho we ver, it can be pro gra mmed to

route onto any internal DACK# by programming PC IDV1 C0h[2:0].

PPWR4 PCIDV1

C0h[2:0] = 100

Peripheral power control Line 4: Peripheral power control lines 0 through 15 are latch outputs used to control external devices.

DACKB#/DACK1# K23 O Programmable DMA Acknowledge B/DACK1#: DACK# is used to

acknowledge DRQ to a llow DM A transfer. This input defaults to DACK1#, ho we ver, it can be pro gra mmed to

route onto any internal DACK# by programming PC IDV1 C0h[6:4].

DACKC#/DACK2# K24 O Programmable DMA Acknowledge C/DACK2#: DACK# is used to

acknowledge DRQ to a llow DM A transfer. This input defaults to DACK2#, ho we ver, it can be pro gra mmed to

route onto any internal DACK# by programming PC IDV1 C1h[2:0].

DACKD#/DACK3# K25 O Programmable DMA Acknowledge D/DACK3#: DACK# is used to

acknowledge DRQ to a llow DM A transfer. This input defaults to DACK3#, ho we ver, it can be pro gra mmed to

route onto any internal DACK# by programming PC IDV1 C1h[6:4].

DACKE#/DACK5# K26 O Programmable DMA Acknowledge E/DACK5#: DACK# is used to

acknowledge DRQ to a llow DM A transfer. This input defaults to DACK5#, ho we ver, it can be pro gra mmed to

route onto any internal DACK# by programming PC IDV1 C2h[6:4].

DACKE#/DACK6# J22 O Programmable DMA Acknowledge F/DACK6#: DACK# is used to

acknowledge DRQ to a llow DM A transfer. This input defaults to DACK6#, ho we ver, it can be pro gra mmed to

route onto any internal DACK# by programming PC IDV1 C3h[2:0].

DACKG#/DACK7# J23 O Programmable DMA Acknowledge G/DACK7#: DACK# is used to

acknowledge DRQ to a llow DM A transfer. This input defaults to DACK7#, ho we ver, it can be pro gra mmed to

route onto any internal DACK# by programming PC IDV1 C3h[6:4].

Compact ISA Interface

PIO15 AC25 I/O

(4mA)

SD[15:0] Refer to

Table 3-2

I/O

(8nA)

PCIDV1 8Fh ** 00h

Cycle Multiplexed

Programmable Input/Output 15: See Section 3.3, "Programmable I/O Pins", on page 33 for more details.

System Data Bus: SD[15:0] provides the 16 -bit da ta p ath for devices residing on the ISA bus.

MAD[15:0] Multiplexed Address/Data Bus: Used during CISA cycles.

Page 61

Signal Name Pin No.

PIO14 AC20 I/O

CMD# AB20 O

Signal Type

(Drive)

(4mA)

Selected By Signal Description

PCIDV1 8Eh ** 00h

SYSCFG 16h[7,5]Command: Dedicated CISA output used to sign al a data transfer

(4mA)

DIRTY I/O

(4mA)

ATCLK AA22 O

(8mA)

IOCHRDY AB26 I/O

(8mA)

BALE W22 O

(8mA)

ISA Bus Interface

MRD# AC26 I/O

(8mA)

MWR# AB23 I/O

(8mA)

IOR# AB24 I/O

(8mA)

IOW# AB25 I/O

(8mA)

SMRD# W26 I/O

(8mA)

SMWR# V22 I/O

(8mA)

PCIDV1 95h = 00h

PCIDV1 96h = 00h

AEN M22 I/O PCIDV1

C2h [1] = 0

IO16# W23 I/O PCIDV1

92h = 00h

M16# W24 I/O PCIDV1

93h = 00h

Programmable Input/Output 14: See Section 3.3, "Programmable I/O Pins", on page 33 for more details.

command. Tag Dirty Bit: This dirty bit allows the tag data to be 8 b it wide inste ad

of 7. ISA Bus Clock: This signal is derived from an intern al di vision of

PCICLK. It is used to sample and drive all ISA synchronous sign al s. PCIDV1 47h[5:4] sets the ATCLK:

00 = PCICLK+4 10 = PCICLK+2 01 = PCICLK+3 11 = PCICLK

The ATCLK is also used to uncombine and sample externally multiplexed inputs. During Suspend, it is possible to output 32KHz on this pin, or drive it low.

I/O Channel Ready: Resources on the ISA bus maintain IOCHRD Y to indicate that wait states are require d IOCHRDY to indicate that wait states are required to complete the cycle. IOC HRDY is an input when FireStar owns the ISA bus and is an output when an external ISA bus master owns the ISA bus. IOCHRDY is automatically tri-stated in Suspend.

Bus Address Latch Enable: BALE is an active hig h signal asserted to indicate that the address, AEN, and SBHE# signal line s are val id. BALE remains asserted throughout ISA maste r an d DMA cycles.

Memory Read: MRD# is the command to a memory slave that it may drive data onto the ISA data bus. MRD# is an ou tput when FireStar is a master on the ISA bus. MRD# is an input whe n an ISA ma ster, o ther than FireStar, owns the ISA bus.

Memory Write: MWR# is the command to a memory slave that it may latch data from the ISA data bus. MWR # is an ou tpu t when the FireStar owns the ISA bus. MWR# is an input wh en an ISA maste r, other than FireStar, owns the ISA bus.

I/O Read: IOR# is the command to an ISA I/O slave device tha t the slave may drive data on to the ISA data bus (SD[1 5:0 ]). The I/O slave device must hold the data valid until after IOR# is nega ted . IOR # is an output when FireStar owns the ISA bu s. ISA# is an input when an external ISA master owns the ISA bus.

I/O Write: IO W# is the co mmand to an ISA I/O slave device that the slave may drive latch data from the ISA data bus (SD[15:0]). IOR# is an output when FireStar own s the ISA bus. IOW# is an input when an external ISA master owns the ISA bus.

System Memory Read: FireStar asserts SMRD# to requ est a memory slave to provide data. If the acce ss is below the 1MB range (00000000h-000FFFFFh) during DMA compatible, IPC master, or ISA master cycles, FireStar asserts SMRD.

System Memory Write: FireStar asserts SMWR# to request a memory slave to accept data from the data line s. If the acce ss is below the 1MB range (00000000h-000FFFFFh) during DMA compatible, IPC master, or ISA master cycles, FireStar asserts SMWR#.

Address Enable: AEN is asserted during DMA cycles to preven t I/O slaves from misinterpreting DMA cycles as valid I/O cycles. Wh en asserted, AEN indicates to an I/O resource on the ISA bus that a DMA transfer is occurring. This signal is a sserte d also during refresh cycles. AEN is driven low upon reset.

16-Bit I/O Chip Select: This signal is driven by I/O devices on the ISA bus to indicate that they support 1 6-b it I/O bu s cycles.

16-Bit Memory Chip Select: ISA slaves that are 16-bit memory devices drive this signal low. MEMCS16# is an input when F ireS tar owns the ISA bus. FireStar drives th is sign al lo w d uring IS A m aster to PCI memory cycles.

Page 62

Signal Name Pin No.

RFSH# J25 I/O PCIDV1

Signal Type

(Drive)

Selected By Signal Description

Refresh: As an output, this signal is used to inform FireStar to refresh

C2h[0] = 0

the local DRAM. During normal operation, a low pulse is generated every 15µs to

indicate to FireStar that the DRAM is to be refreshe d if PCIDV1 64h[0] = 0.

During Suspend, if normal DRAM is used, the 32KH Z inpu t to th e FireStar is routed out on this pi n so that it may perform DRAM refresh.

An option to continuously drive this signal low during Suspend is also provided. The internal pu ll-up on this pin is disengaged i n Suspend.

SBHE# W25 I/O PCDIDV1

94h = 00h

System Byte High Enable: When asserted, SBHE# indicates th at a byte is being transferred on the upp er b yte (SD[15:8]) of the data bus. SBHE# is negated during refresh cycles. SBHE# is an output when FireStar owns the ISA bus.

TC M23 I/O PCIDV1

Terminal Count

C2h [2] = 0 XD7 AA23 I/O IDE_DCS3# DCS3 Control for Primary IDE Channel

(8mA)

Cycle

Multiplexed

XD Bus Line 7: ISA status signal.

(See Note) XD6 AA24 I/O IDE_DCS1# DCS1 Control for Primary IDE Channel

(8mA)

Cycle

Multiplexed

XD Bus Line 6: ISA status signal.

(See Note) XD5 AA25 I/O IDE_DDACK# MA Acknowledge for Primary IDE Channel

(8mA)

Cycle

Multiplexed

XD Bus Line 5: ISA status signal.

(See Note) XD4 AA26 I/O IDE_DA2 Address Bit 2 for Primary IDE Channel

(8mA)

Cycle

Multiplexed

XD Bus Line 4: ISA status signal.

(See Note) XD3 Y23 I/O IDE_DA1 Address Bit 1 for Primary IDE Channel

(8mA)

Cycle

Multiplexed

XD Bus Line 3: ISA status signal.

(See Note) XD2 Y24 I/O IDE_DA0 Address Bit 0 for Primary IDE Channel

(8mA)

Cycle

Multiplexed

XD Bus Line 2: ISA status signal.

(See Note) XD1 Y25 I/O IDE_DRD# Drive Read Control for Primary IDE Channel

(8mA)

Cycle

Multiplexed

XD Bus Line 1: ISA status signal.

(See Note) XD0 Y26 I/O IDE_DWR# Drive Write Control for Primary IDE Channel

(8mA)

Cycle

Multiplexed

XD Bus Line 0: ISA status signal.

(See Note) Note: XD[7:0] can be strapped to b e d ed icated IDE lin es via th e R T CAS:A2 0M# strap option and PCIDV1 75h [6] = 1 SA[23:20] V23:V26 I/O

(8mA)

System Address Bus Lines 23 through 20: The SA[23:0] signals on FireStar provide the address for memory a nd I/O a ccesse s on the ISA bus. The address are ou tpu t s wh en FireStar owns the ISA bu s and are inputs when an external ISA master o wns the ISA bus.

SA[19:18] U23:U24 I/O

System Address Bus Lines 19 and 18

(8mA)

SA[17:16] U25:U26 I/O

(8mA)

SA[15:0] I/O

PCIDV1

91h-90h = 00h

System Address Bus Lines 17 and 16

System Address Bus Lines 15 through 0

(8mA)

External Real-Time Clock Interface

RTCAS N24 O

(4mA)

RTCRD# N25 O

(4mA)

RTCWR# N26 O

(4mA)

Real-Time Clock Address Strobe: This signal is connected to the address strobe of the real-tim e clock.

Real-Time Clock Read: This pin is used to drive the read signal of the real-time clock.

Real-Time Clock Write: This pin is used to drive the write signal of the real-time clock.

Power Management Unit Interface

PPWR0# AC23 I/O BOFF# strap

Peripheral Power Control Line 0#

option

Page 63

Signal Name Pin No.

Miscellaneous

A20M# R3 O

ROMCS# J24 O

SPKROUT H23 I/O

KBDCS# J26 O

Signal Type

(Drive)

(4mA)

(8mA)

Selected By Signal Description

Address Bit 20 Mask: This pin is an output and generates the A20M# output by trapping GATEA20 comma nd s to th e keyboard or to Port 092h. The CPUINIT signal to the CPU is generated whenever it senses reset commands to Port 060h/0 64 h, or a Port 092h write command with bit 0 set high.

When keyboard emulati on is d isabl ed , F ire St ar tra ps o nl y Port 092h GATEA20 commands and accepts the GATEA20 input from th e keyboard controller, which o s sen t ou t as A 2 0M # to the CPU.

PCIDV1 52h[2] = 0 97h = 00h 4Fh[1] = 0

Default PCIDV1 98h = 00h

BIOS ROM Chip Select: This output goes a ctive on bo th re ads and writes to the ROM area to support flash ROM. For fla sh R OM support, writes to ROM can be supported by appropriately setting PCIDV1 47h[7].

Speaker Data: This pin is used to d rive the system board speaker. This signal is a function of the T i mer-0 Counter-2 and Port 06 1h bit 1.

Can use CISA Protocol to g ang several. Keyboard Chip Select:* Used to d eco de acce sses to the keyboard

controller.

9-3-5 TEST MODE SELECTION PINS

Signal Name Pin No.

RSVD B7 I/O (4mA) Reserved: This pin is reserved for possibl e additional functionality on

Strap option pin for future 2.5V CPU interface, refer to Table 3-7

RSVD A7 I/O (4mA) Reserved in FireStar: An input for the ATE Test Mode selection

TMS AB5 I/O Test Mode Select: An input for the ATE Test Mode selection address.

Signal Type

(Drive)

Selected By Signal Description

future revisions of FireStar. However, it is used as an input fo r the ATE Test Mode selection address. See T M S (pin AB5 ) description.

address. See TMS (Pin AB5) description.

AB5 B7 A7 Mode 0 X X Normal operation (default) 1 0 0 Tri-state all pins 1 0 1 NAND tree test 1 1 0 Reserved for factory te st 1 1 1 Reserved for Fa ctory te st

9-3-6 POWER AND GROUND PINS

Signal Name Pin No. Signal Type Signal Description

GND AA6, AA13,

AA14, AA21, AB13, E14, F6, F13, F14, F21, N5, N6, N21, P6, P21, P22

VCC_ISA L22, U22,

Y22

VCC_CPU E8, G5, T5,

VCC_CORE AB19, H22,

K5,

VCC_DRAM E11, E17,

E20

VCC_PCI AB7, AB10,

AB16

5VREF AB21, E7 P 5.0V Reference: Connect to 5.0V is available in the system. Connect to 3.3V fo r an all

G Ground Connections

P ISA Bus Power Plane: 3.3V or 5.0V

P CPU Bus Power Plane: 3.3V (and 2.5V in future 2.5V CPU interface revision)

P FireStar Core power Plane: 3.3V only

P Memory Power Plane: 3.3V or 5.0V

P PCI Bus Power Plane: 3.3V or 5.0V

3.3V design.

Page 64

10. PS/2 KEYBOARD CONTROLLER

10-1. INTRODUCTION

The keyboard and mouse are controlled using Mitsubishi Electric’s M38802M270.

No PS/2 ty pe mous e ca n be us ed for UP-53 50 bec ause I RQ12 is not connected. In addition, A20M# of M38802M2 is not used because Firestar’s A20M# is used.

10-2. PS/2 CONNECTOR

Pin I/O Signal

1 I/O KBDATA 2 I/O MSDATA 3–GND 4–+5V 5 I/O KBCLK 6 I/O MSCLK 7–FG 8–FG 9–FG

10-3. PIN ASSIGNMENTS

48 P00

47 P01

46 P02

45 P03

44 P04

43 P05

P37

P36

P35

P34

P33

P32

P31

VCC

P61/CNTR0

P60/INT5/OBF2

DQ7 DQ6 DQ5 DQ4 DQ3

P30

55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64

M38802M2-XXXFP M38802M2-XXXHP

1DQ2

2DQ1

3DQ04W5R6S7A0

42 P06

41 P07

8P53/SRDY

40 P10

9P52/SCLK

39 P11

10P51/TXD

38 P12

11P50/RXD

37 P13

12P47/INT4

36 P14

13P46/INT3

35 P15

14P45/IBF/OBF0

34 P16

15P44/OBF1

33 P17

32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 P42/INT1

16P43/INT2

P20 P21 P22 P23 P24 P25 P26 P27 VSS XOUT XIN P40 P40/INT0 RESET CNVSS

10-4. PIN DESCRIPTION

Pin Name Features

Vcc, Vss Power input Impresses Vcc with 2.7 to 5.5V , an d Vss w ith 0V. CNVss CNVss Pin controlling the operation mode o f chi p.

Connect this pin to Vss. RESET Reset input Pin for the reset input of active "L". XIN Clock input Pin for the I/O of clock generator. Connect a ceramic resonator or crysta l o scillator b etw een XIN and XOUT. XOUT Clock output

When using external clock, connect a clock generator to XIN and open XOUT.

A feedback resistor is incorpora t ed . P00 ~ P07 I/O port P0 8 -bit I/O port. P10 ~ P17 I/O port P1

I/O can be specified in bits using a program.

When resetting, these ports go into inpu t mode.

CMOS input level is used, and the form of output is CMOS 3-state. P20 ~ P27 I/O port P2 8 -bit I/O port w ith the same feature as P0.

CMOS input level is used, and the form of output is CMOS 3-state.

The 4 bits of P24 to P27 can output large current for driving LED’s. P30 ~ P37 I/O port P3 8 -bit I/O port w ith the same feature as P0.

CMOS input level is used, and the form of outpu t is

Key input (key on wakeup interru pt inp ut) p in

Comparator input pin CMOS 3-state. Whether to use any internal pull up resister or not can be selected using a prog ram.

P40 I/O port P4 8 bits I/O port with almost the same feature as P0. P41/INT0,

P42/INT1, P43/INT2

P44/OBF0, P45/

IBF/

Input level can be switched between CMOS and TTL, and the form of output can be switched between CMOS 3-state and N-chann el op en drain. Pin level can be inputted re gardless of the setting of input port or output port.

Interrupt input pin

Data bus buffering pin

OBF1 P46/INT3,

Interrupt input pin

P47/INT4 P50/R x D,

P51/T x D, P52/SCLK, P53/

SRDY

I/O port P5 4-bit I/O port with almost the same fe atu re a s P0.

CMOS input level is used, and the form of outpu t is CMOS 3-state.

Serial I/O pin

Features other than po rt

Page 65

Pin Name Features

P60/INT5/ OBF2

P61/CNTR0 Timer X pin A0,

S, E/

W/W

I/O port P6 2-bit I/O port with almost the same fe atu re a s P0.

CMOS input level is used, and the form of outpu t is CMOS 3-state.

Input port Control bus for the host CPU.

Input level can be switched between CMOS and TTL.

Interrupt input pin Data bus buffering pin

DQ0 ∼ DQ7 I/O port 8-bit data bus for the ho st CPU.

Input level can be switched between CMOS and TTL.

10-5. FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM

Features other than po rt

Clock Input Clock Output

XIN XOUT

30 31

Clock Generator

P6(2)

INT5

RAM

System Bus

Interface

ROM

P5(4)

VSS

Data Bus

P0(8)

PCH

VCC

CPU

A X Y S

PCL

Comparator Key-On-Wakeup

INT0

INT4

P4(8)

P3(8)

Reset Input

RESET

CNTR0

CN VSS

Prescaler 12 (8)

Prescaler X (8)

P2(8)

Timer 1 (8)

Timer 2 (8)

Timer X (8)

P1(8)

P0(8)

(n) I/O Port P6 I/O Port P5 I/O Port P4 I/O Port P3

BUILT-IN KEY PAD

10-6.

2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9

DQ0~DQ7

10 11

13 14 15

WRS A0

16 17 18 19

The numbers of the keys: 27 (including numeric keys); Max. 30 (3 of

them are "1 x 2" keys), Free Key Layout, The "1 x 2" keys have the same key setting.

21 22 23 24 25 28 29

58 59 60 61 62 63 6420

34 35 36 37 38 39 4057

KEY LAYOUT (DEFAULT)

Key Layout (Default)

KSO5 KSO4 KSO3 KSO2 KSO1 KSO0

ESC F4 F5 F10 Delete

789Tab

456Shift

1 2 3 Ctrl Space KSI3

0 Alt Enter

I/O Port P2

42 43 44 45 46 47 4833

I/O Port P1 I/O Port P0

50 51 52 53 54 55 5641

Back

Space

KSI0

KSI1

KSI2

KSI4

Page 66

11 . VIDEO SUBSYSTEM

11-1. INTRODUCTION

LynxEM4+ : SM712GM04 (for UP-5350/5350B)

As of Oct. 2000 production, the UP-5350 / 5350B uses the Sillicon Motion Graphic controller (SM712GM04) to control the LCD panel LM12S402 (800 x 600 x RGB DSTN), these m od el s do not use video capture and so und features.

Panel Signal Connections

Ball Signal 16-bit DSTN Panel Ball Signal 16-bit DSTN Panel Ball Signal 16-bit DSTN Panel

W5 LP/FHSYNC LP V8 FDATA19 UD7 W11 FDATA9 (N.U.)

Y5 FP/FVSYNC YD W8 FDATA18 UD6 V11 FDATA8 (N.U.) V6 FPSCLK XCK Y8 FDATA17 UD5 Y12 FDATA7 LD7

W6 M/DE (N.U.) V9 FDATA16 UD4 W12 FDATA6 LD6

Y6 FPEN DISP W9 FDATA15 UD3 V12 FDATA5 LD5 U14 FPVDDEN Vcc control Y9 FDATA14 UD2 Y13 FDATA4 LD4 V14 VBIASEN Cont control V10 FDATA13 UD1 W13 FDATA3 LD3

V7 FDATA23 (N.U.) W10 FDATA12 UD0 V13 FDATA2 LD2

U7 FDATA22 (N.U.) Y10 FDATA11 (N.U.) Y14 FDATA1 LD1

W7 FDATA21 (N.U.) Y11 FDATA10 (N.U.) W14 FDATA0 LD0

Y7 FDATA20 (N.U.)

As the host interface, the graphic controller is connected through the PCI Bus. The system incorporates a 3GRAM 4Mbyte graphic memory (256K x 32-bit x4).

Hardware Setting

Name Setting Function

P[15:0] Pull up(10kohm) Not used for ZV port

MMX Pentium

VGAC

SM712GM04

FireStar

Plus

PCI Bus

Core

256K*32-bit*4

SGRAM

Power-On Configuration

Ball Name Setting Function

Y3 MD32 Internal pull up Reserved for Lynx3DM (Enable AGP sideband signal s) A6 MD31 Internal pull up Reserved for Lynx3DM (External Memory DRAM size) B7 MD30 Internal pull up

C8 MD29 Internal pull up Reserved for Lynx3DM

A8 MD28 Internal pull up

B9 MD27 Internal pull up Reserved for Lynx3DM (Ext. Memory Block Write Cycle Time) C10 MD26 Pull low (1 kohm) Reserved for Lynx3DM (Disable External Memory) A10 MD25 Internal pu ll up Reserved for Lynx3DM (External SGAR M tras) B11 MD24 Internal pu ll up Reserved for Lynx3DM (External SGRA M trc) C11 MD23 Internal pull up Allows both internal and external memory access A11 MD22 Intern al pull up BIOS Size Configurat io n = 64kB B10 MD21 Internal pu ll up No EBROM

A9 MD20 Internal pull up No Expansion ROM

C9 MD19 Internal pull up

B8 MD18 Internal pull up Panel ID Configuration = No Panel ID Assigned

A7 MD17 Internal pull up

C7 MD16 Internal pull up (MD[15:0] are used.)

(External SGRAM Memory Column Address Select)

Page 67

Ball Name Setting Function

C1 MD15 Pull low (1kohm) DSTN Interface Type = 16-bit interface D3 MD14 Internal pull up Reserved (Color TFT Interface Type) C3 MD13 Internal pull up Reserved (Color TFT Interface Type)

A1 MD12 Internal pull up Reserved (Color TFT Interface Type) B3 MD11 Pull low (1kohm) LCD Display Size = 800x600

C4 MD10 Internal pull up

B4 MD9 Pull low (1kohm) Reserved (TFT FPCLK Select = Normal) B5 MD8 Internal pull up Color LCD Type = color STN A5 MD7 Internal pull up Reserved for Lynx3DM (Internal Memory DRAM size)

C5 MD6 Internal pu ll up

A4 MD5 Internal pull up Reserved (External SGARM Memory Column Address Select) A3 MD4 Internal pull up A2 MD3 Internal pull up Reserved (External SGRAM Memory Pre-charge Timing Select) B1 MD2 Internal pull up Reserved for Lynx3DM (Memory Data Bus Size)

C2 MD1 Internal pull up Reserved (External SGRAM Memory RAS-to-CAS Delay Select)

B2 MD0 Internal pull up Reserved (External SGRAM Memory Refresh to Command Delay)

11-2. PIN ASSIGNMENTS

SM712 Ball Location Di agram (Top View)

MD12 MD31 MD17 MD28 MD20 MD25 MD22

MD2

~CS0

~WE ~DQM0 VSS

MA5

MA7

MA1

SDCKEN

N/C

MD55

MD3 MD4 MD5 MD7

MD0 MD9 ~BE0 ~BE1

MD11

MD1 MD6

~DQM1

MD14 VDD VSS MVDD N/C MVDD VSS VSS AD2

~CAS

~RAS

MA3

MA4

MA8

MA2

MA9

SDCK

~ROMEN

MD54

MD56

MD52 MD59 MD51 VSS

MD49 MD62 MD48

MD39~DQM6MD63

MD8

MD10MD13MD15

MVDD

VSS

MA6

MA0

N/CDSF

VSSA

VDDMD58MD53MD57

MVDDMD61MD50MD60

~DQM7

VSS

MD30 MD18 MD27 MD21 MD24

~DQM3

~DQM2

TOP VIEW

910

SM712

MD23MD26MD19MD29MD16

AD0

AD4 AD7

AD1

AD5

AD3

AD6

HVDD VSS

13 14

HVDD VDD

AD8

AD9 AD12

AD10

AD13

AD11

AD15

17 18

PAR

AD14

~TRDY

~DEVSEL

~IRDY

HVDD

VSS

AD19

VSS

AD22

~BE3

HVDD

VDD AD26

VSS AD29 AD30 AD31

HVDD

~REQ

~RST

~PDOWN

MCKIN

N/C

VPVDD

19 20

~FRAME

~BE2

~STOP

AD16

AD18

AD17

AD21

AD20

IDSEL

AD23

AD25

AD24

AD28

AD27

CLK

~GNT

REFCLK

~INTAVSS

~CLKRUN ~EXCKEN

BLANK

HREFVREFPALCLK

PCLK

P10P12N/C

MVDD

MD34MD42MD37

MD32MD44MD35

MD43

~DQM5

MD33

MD47

~DQM4

FPSCLK

LP DE

FP FPEN

MD40 MD38 MD41

MD36 MD46 MD45

N/C= Not Connected but compatible with SM810.

N/C FDA22 TEST1

FDA23

FDA21

FDA20

N/C

FPVDD

FDA19

FDA16

FDA18

FDA15

FDA17

FDA14

FDA13

FDA12

FDA11

10 11

N/CN/C

FDA8

FDA9

FDA10

FPVDD

FDA5

FDA6

FDA7

12 13

FPVDDEN

N/C

VBIASEN

FDA2

FDA3 FDA0

FDA4

FDA1

CVSS

CVDD

CRTH SYNC

CRTV SYNC

15 16

AVSS1

RVSS

RVDD

CKIN

USR0

BLUE

IREF

AVDD

17 18

USR1

RED

GREEN

SM712 Pin Diagram for 256 BGA Package

P13

TEST0

P15

AVSS2

P11

P14

USR2

USR3

Page 68

11-3. Signal Descriptions

1. PCI AND AGP BUS INTERFACE

Table 1: Pin Description

Signal Name

Host Interface

AD [31:0] I/O 16 120 PCI multiplexed Address and Data Bus. A b us tra nsa ction co nsi sts of a n a dd ress cycl e

C/ ~BE [3:0]

PAR I/O 16 120 Parity. LynxEM+ asserts this signal to verify even pa rity across AD [31:0] and C/~BE

~FRAME I/O 16 120 Cycle Frame. LynxEM+ asserts this signal to indicate the be ginning and duration of a bus

~TRDY I/O 16 120 Target Ready. A bus data cycle is complete d w he n b oth ~IRDY and ~TRDY are asserted

~IRDY I/O 16 120 Initiator Ready. A bus data cycle is completed when both ~IRDY and ~TR DY a re

~STOP I/O 16 120 Stop. LynxEM+ asserts this signal to indicate that the current targ et is req ue sting th e

~DEVSEL I/O 16 120 Device Select. LynxEM+ asserts this signal when it decodes its addresses as the target

IDSEL I ID Select. This input is used during PCI con f igura t ion re ad/write cycles. CLK I PCI System Clock, 33MHz ~RST I PCI System Reset. LynxEM+ asserts this signal to force registers and state machines to

~REQ O 8 120 PCI Bus Request (bus master mode ) ~GNT I PCI Bus Grant (bus master mode) ~INTA O 8 120 PCI Interrupt

Power Down Interface

~PDOWN I pull-up Power down mode enable ~CLKRUN/

ACTIVITY

Clock Interface

REFCLK/ PALCLK

CKIN I pull-up 14.318 MHz clock (~EXCKEN = 1) or Video Clock (~EXCKEN = 0) MCKIN/

LVDSCLK ~EXCKEN I pull-up 60 External Clock Enable. Select external VCLK form CKIN and MCLK from MCKIN.

External Display Memory Interface

MA [9:0] O 8 50 External Memory Address Bus. The video memory row and column add resse s are

MD [63:0] I/O pull-up 4 20 External Memory Data Bus ~WE O pull-up 8 50 External Memory Write Strobe ~RAS O pull-up 8 50 External Memory SDRAM Row Address Select ~CAS O pull-up 8 50 External SGRAM Column Address Select ~CS0 O pull-up 8 50 External SGRAM Chip Select 0, select 1st 1MB within the 2MB memory, or select 1st

~DQM [7:0]

DSF O pull-up 8 50 External SGRAM Block write

Type

I/O 16 120 PCI Bus Command and Byte Enables. These signals carry the bus command during the

I/O pull-up 4 60 Memory Clock In (~EXCKEN = 0) or LVDSCLK Out (~ESCKEN = 1), LVDSCLK is a free

Pull-up/

Pull-Down

O pull-up 4 60 ~CLKRUN or LynxEM+ Memory and I/O activity d ete ction d ep en ding on SCR18 [7]

I pull-up 32 KHz refresh clock source for power down or 17.734480 MHz clock source for PAL TV

O pull-up 8 50 External SGRAM I/O mask [7:0]. DQM [7:0] are byte spe cific. DQ M0 ma sks MD [7 :0],

IOL

(mA)

Max. Load

(pF)

Description

followed by one or more da ta cycl es.

address cycle and byte enabl e d uri ng data cycles.

[3:0].

transaction. It is de-asserted during the final da ta cycl e o f a b us tra nsa ction.

on the same cycle.

asserted on the same cycle.

master to stop current transaction.

of the current transaction.

initial default va lues

0 = select ~CLKRUN 1 = select ACTIVITY

running clock which can be used to drive LVDS transmitter for DSTN panels

multiplexed on these lines.

2MB within the 4MB memory

DQM1 masks MD [15:8], Ö, and DQM7 masks MD [6 3:58].

Page 69

Signal Name Type

Pull-up/

Pull-Down

IOL

(mA)

Max. Load

(pF)

Description

BA O 8 50 External SGRAM Bank Select. SDRAM has du al internal banks. Bank address defi ne s

to which bank the curren t com m a nd is being applied.

SDCK I/O pull-up 16 50 External SGRAM clock. S D CK i s dri ven by th e m e mory cl ock. All SD RA M i np ut sign al s

are sampled on the positive edge of SDCK.

SDCKEN I/O pull-up 8 50 External SGRAM clock enable. SDCKEN activates (HIGH) and de activate s (LO W) th e

SDCLK signal. Deactivating the SDCK provides POWER-DOWN and SELF-REFRESH mode.

~ROMEN O pull-up 4 20 ROM Enable

Flat Panel Interface

FDATA [23:0] O pull-down 6 50 Flat Panel Data bit 23 to bit 0. Note: For SM712, the upper 1 2 b its [25:2 4] a re

multiplexed with ZV port, and the upp er 1 2 b its a re d ed icated for flat panel data

LP/FHSYNC O pull-down 6 50 DSTN LCD: Line Pulse

TFT LCD : LCD Horizontal Sync

FP/FVSYNC O pull-down 6 50 DSTN LCD: Frame Pulse

TFT LCD : LCD vertical sync

O pull-down 6 50 M-signal or Display Enable. This signal is used to indicate the active horizontal display

time. FPR3E [7] is used to select 1 = M-signal

0 = Display Enable FPSCLK O pull-down 6 50 Flat Panel Shift Clock. This is the pixel clock for Flat Panel Data. FPEN O pull-down 4 20 Flat Panel Enable. This signal needs to be come active after all panel voltages, clocks,

and data are supplied . T hi s signal also needs to become ina ctive be fore any panel

voltages or control signals are removed. FPEN is part of the VESA FPDI-1B

specification. FPVDDEN O pull-down 4 20 Flat Panel VDD Enable. This signal is used to control LCD logic power. VBIASEN O pull-down 4 20 Flat Panel Voltage Bias Enable. This signal is used to control LCD Bias power.

CRT Interface

RED O Analog Red Current O utp ut GREEN O Analog Green Current Output BLUE O Analog Blue Current Output IREF I Current Refe rence Input CRTVSYNCC O pull-up 6 50 CRT Vertical Sync CRTHSYNC/

CSYNC

O pull-up 6 50 CRT Horizontal Sync or Composite Sync depending on CCR65 [0]

0 = CRT Horizontal Sync

1 = Composite Sync

Video Port Interface

P [15:0] I/O 4 20 RGB or YUV input/ RGB digital output PCLK I/O pull-up 4 20 Pixel Clock VREF I/O pull-up 4 20 VSYNC input from PC Card or video decoder HREF I/O pull-up 4 20 HSYNC input from PC Card or video decoder BLANK/

TVCLK

I/O pull-up 4 20 Blank output or TVCLK output depending on CCR69 bit 7.

0 = BLANK output

1 = TVCLK output

TVCLK output is used to drive external NTSC/PAL TV e nco de r. To select NTSC or

PAL TV, please refer to CCR65 register

General Purpose Registers / I2C

USR3 I/O pull-up 4 20 General Purpose register. It is recommended to use USR3 to control TV On/Off.

0 = TV display is OFF

1 = TV display is ON USR2 I/O pull-up 4 20 General Purpose register. It is recommended to use USR2 to select NTSC/PAL TV

settings.

0 = PALTVCLK

1 = NTSCTVCLK or REFCLK

Page 70

Signal Name

USR1/SDA I/O pull-up 4 20 General Purpose register. USR1/ DDC2/ I2C Data.

USR0/SCL I/O pull-up 4 20 General Purpose register. USR0/ DDC2/ I2C C lock.

Test Mode Pins

TEST [1:0] I pull-down Test mode selects

VCC and GROUND Pins

HVDD Host Interface VDD on I/O Ring MVDD Display Memory Interface VDD on I/O Ring FPVDD Flat Panel Interface VDD on I/O Ring VPVDD VPort Interface VDD on I/O Ring 3.3V CVDD Clock (PLL) Analog Power, 3.3V AVDD DAC Analog Power, 3.3V AVDD3 TVDAC Analog Power, 3.3V RVDD RAM Filtered Palette Power, 3.3V CVSS PLL Analog Ground AVSS1 DAC Analog Ground AVSS2 DAC Analog Ground AVSS3 TVDAC Analog Ground RVSS RAM Filtered Palette Ground VDD Digital 3.3V Core Power Supply VCCA Digital 3.3V Internal Memory Power Supply VSSA Digital Internal Memory Ground VSS Digital Ground

Type

Pull-up/

Pull-Down

IOL

(mA)

Max. Load

(pF)

Description

Can be used to select different te st mod es.

11-4. Functional block diagram

BACKLIGHT & LCD POWER SUPPLY CONTROL

1: Control signal from the PSC2 2: Control signal from the SM712GM04

12. SUPER I/O

12-1. INTRODUCTION

The FDC, serial port COM1 and COM2, and parallel port LPT1 are controlled by ALi’s M5113A2.

M5113 Hardware Setting Configuration

No.

23 DRQA/S1CF1 1 UART1 24 PINTR3/S1 CF0 1 93 DTR2J/S2CF1 1 UART2 91 RTS2J/S2CF0 1 81 RTS1J/PFF1 1 LPT 79 TXD1/PCF0 0

94 83 DTR1J/ECPEN0 1

89 TXD2/FDCCF 0 Floppy disk state 26 IRRX2/FACF 1

Setting 1 = Pull up (Vcc5)

0 = Pull down

Pin Name Setting Function

I/O address = 3F8h (CO M 1)

I/O address = 2F8h (CO M 2)

I/O address = 378h (L PT 1)

DRV2/ADRxJ/ PINTR2/ECPEN1

IRTX2/CFG2

Parallel Port Mode

Enhanced Parallel Port

FDC disable, config port 398h Configuration port 398h

(Internal pull up)

Page 71

12-2. Pin assignments

IOCHRDY

PDIR/IRQIN

DRQB

A10

DACKB

VSS

ADRxJ/PINTR2

DTR2J

CTS2J

RTS2J

DSR2J

TXD2

RXD2

DCD2J

RI2J

DCD1J

RI1J

DTR1J

CTS1J

RTS1J

MTR0J

DS1J DS0J

VSS

DIRJ

STEPJ

WD ATA J

HDSEL

INDEXJ

TRK0J

WRTRRTJ

RD ATA J

DSKCHGJ

UR1IRQB

NCSJ/DRATE0

X2/CLK2

UR2IRQB

DRQA/SICF1

PINTR3

IRRX2

DACKA/PADCF

1DENSEL

5MTR1J

10WGATEJ

15VCC

100

ALi

M5113

20X1/CLK1

25IRTX2

30A2

35TC

40FINTR

45IOWJ

A3A4A5

A7A8A9

AEN

PINTR1

IORJ

DACKJ

UR2IRQA

UR1IRQA

VSS

80 DSR1J

75 ERRORJ

70 PD1

65 PD5

60 PE

55 D6

51 D3

50D2

TXD1 RXD STROBEJ AUTOFDJ

INITJ SLCTINJ VCC PD0

PD2 PD3 VSS PD4

PD6 PD7 ACKJ BUSY

SLCT PWRGD RESET D7

D5 D4 FDRQ

12-3. PIN DESCRIPTION

A low represents a logic 0 (0V nominal) and a high represents a logic 1 (+2.4V nominal).

Name Number Type Description

HOST Processor Interface

D0-D7 48-51, 53-56 I/O24 Data bus. This connection is used by th e h ost microp rocessor to transmit data to and from the M5 11 3.

IORJ 44 I I/O Read. This active low signal is issued by the host microprocessor to indicate a read operation. IOWJ 45 I I/O Write. This active low signal is issued by the host microprocessor to indicate a write operation. AEN 46 I Address Enable. This active high signal indicates DMA operations on the host data bus. A0-A9 27, 29-34,

I I/O Address. These bits de termi ne the I/O address to be accessed during IORJ and IOWJ cycles.

41-43

DACKA/

28 I DMA Acknowledge. An active low i np ut si gn al acknowledging the requ est fo r a DMA transfer of data

PADCF FDRQ 52 O24 FDC DMA request. This active high output is the DMA request for byte transfers of data to th e h ost. Th is

DACKJ 36 I DMA acknowledge. This acti ve l ow in pu t ackn owledging the request fo r a D M A transfer of data. This

TC 35 I Terminal C ount. This signal indicates to the M5113 that d ata tran sfer is comp lete. TC is only accepted

UR1IRQA 38 O24 Primary Serial Port Interrupt. UR1IRQA is a source of PSP interru pt. Externa lly, it should be con ne cted

UR2IRQA 37 O24 Secondary Serial Port Interrupt. UR2IRQA is a source of SSP interrupt. Externally, it should be

FINTR 40 O24 FDC Interrupt Request. This interrupt from the Floppy Disk Controller is enabled/disabled via bit 3 of the

PINTR1 39 O24 Parallel Port Interrupt Request. This request fro m the P ara llel P ort is en ab le d/d isa bl ed via bi t 4 o f the

RESET 57 IS Reset. This active high signal rese ts the M5113 and must be valid for 500 ns minimum. In M51 13 , the

Floppy Disk In t erface

RDATAJ 16 IS Read Disk Data. The active-low, raw data read from the disk is connected here. Each falling edge

WGATEJ 10 O36 Write Gate. This active-low, high-drive output enables the wri t e circui ty of the selected disk drive. This

These pins are in a high impedance state when n ot i n th e output mode.

between the host and the printer port. This input enables the DMA read or write in ternally. This active high signal is read and latched d uring rese t active.

signal is cleared on the last byte of the d ata transfer by the DACKJ signal going low (o r by IO RJ g oing lo w if DACKJ was already low as in d ema nd mod e).

input enables the DMA read or write internally.

when DACKJ or PDACKJ is low. In AT, TC is active high an d in PS/2 mode, TC is active low.

to IRQ4 on PC/AT.

connected to IRQ3 on PC/AT.

Digital Output Register (DOR).

Parallel Port Control Register. If EPP or ECP mode is enabled, this output is pulsed low, then released to allow sharing of interrupts.

falling edge of reset latches the jumper configuration. The jumper select lines must be valid 50 ns prior this edge.

represents a flux transition of the en cod ed da ta.

signal prevents glitches duri ng power-up and power-d ow n. T his signal prevents writing to the disk when power is cycled.

Page 72

Name Number Type Description

WDATAJ 9 O36 Write Data. This active low output is a write-precompensated serial data to be written onto the selecte d

disk drive. Each falling edge ca use s a fl ux ch ange on the media.

HDSELJ 11 O36 Head Select. This active low output de termine s wh ich disk drive h ea d is active. L ow = H ea d 0 , high (open)

= Head 1.

DIRJ 7 O36 Direction. This active low output determines the direction of the head movement (low = step-in, high =

step-out). During the write of read modes, this output is high.

STEPJ 8 O36 Step. This active low output produces a pulse at a software-programmable rate to move the head during a

seek operation.

DSKCHGJ 17 IS Disk Change. This disk interface input indicates when the disk drive door has been opened. This

active-low signal is read from bit D7 of address xx7 h. DS0J, DS1J 4, 3 O36 Drive Select 0,1. Active low, output signa l se lects dri ves 0 -1. IRQIN/

99 I

This pin is a multi-function pin. This pin can be used as IRQIN to steer an interrupt signal from external

device onto either UR1IRQ B (Pin 18 ) or UR21RQB (Pin 22). PDIR

This pin is PDIR when used to indicate the direction of th e Pa ralle l port data bu s. 0 = output/write, 1 =

input/read. A10 97 I This pin is the A10 address input. MTR0J,

2, 5 O36 Motor on 0, 1. These active-low output select motor drives 0-1.

MTR1J DACKB 96 I This signal is the Parallel port DMA acknowledge input. DRQB 98 O24 In ECP mode, this is the Parallel Port DMA Request output active high signal. DENSEL 1 O36 Density select. This signal indicates whether a lo w (250/300 kbps) or high (50 0 kb ps) data rate has been

selected. This is determined by the DENSEL bits in Configuration register 5. WRTPRTJ 14 IS Write Protected. This active-low Schmitt Trigger input sen ses from the disk drive that a disk is

write-protected. Any write command is ignored. TRK0J 13 IS Track 00. T hi s acti ve low Schmitt Trigger input senses from the disk drive that the hea d i s positioned over

the outermost track. INDEXJ 12 IS Index. This active low Schmitt Trigge r inpu t sen ses form the disk drive that the head is positioned ove r the

beginning of a track, as ma rked by an index hole. UR1IRQB 18 O24 Serial Port Interrupt Request. Alternate IRQ output from UART1, refer to C R0 bit 6. NCSJ

19 I

O24

NCSJ. This pin is used as an input for an external decoder circuit which is used to qualify address lines

above all. If this pin is logically ORed with A11-A1 5, th en it ca n q ua lify as 16-b it fu ll de cod er. If th is fu nction

is not used, this pin must be connected to ground. DRATE0

As an output function, this pin reflects the bit 0 of the data rate register.

Serial Port Interface

RXD1,

78, 88 I Receive Data. Receiver serial data input.

RXD2 TXD1,

PCF0

79 O4ITransmit Data. Transmitter serial data output from Primary Serial Port.

Parallel Port configuration control 0. During reset active, this input signal is read an d latched to define

the address of the Parallel p ort. RTS1J

81 O4IRequest to send. Active low Request to se nd output for Primary Serial port. Handshake output signal

notifies modem that the UART is ready to tra nsmit da ta. Th is signal can be programmed by writing to bit 1

of Modem Control Register (MCR). The hardware reset will clear the RTSJ signal to inactive mo de (high).

Forced inactive during loop mode operation. RCF1

Parallel port configuration control 1. During reset active, this inpu t is re ad an d latched to define the

address of the Parallel port. RTS2J

91 O4IRequest to send. This active low output for Se con da ry Serial Port. H an dsh ake ou tpu t signal n otifies

modem that the UART is ready to transmit data. This sig nal can be programmed by writing to bit 1 of

Modem Control Register (MCR). The hardwa re reset will clear the RTSJ signal to inactive mode (high).

Forced inactive during loop mode operation. S2CF0

Secondary serial port configuration control 0. During reset active, this input is read an d latch ed to

define the address of the Secondary serial port. DTR1J

83 O4IData Terminal Ready. This is an active low outpu t for p rimary serial port. Handshake o utp ut si gnal

signifies modem that the UART is ready to establish data communication link. This signal can be

programmed by writing to bit 0 of Modem Control Register (MCR). The hardware reset will clear the DTRJ

signal to inactive during loop mode operation. ECPEN0

DTR2J

93 O4IData Terminal Ready. This active low output is for secondary serial po rt. Ha ndshake output signal notifies

Enhanced parallel port mode seject. Read and latched during reset active.

modem that the UART is ready to establish da ta co mmun ication link. This signa l can b e p rog ramme d b y

writing to bit 0 of Modem Control Register (MCR). Th e h ard wa re re set will clear the DTRJ signal to inactive

mode (high). Forced inactive during loop mode operati on . S2CF1

Secondary serial port configuration control 1. When active, this input is read and latche d to de fin e th e

address of the Secondary S erial port. FXD2

FDCCF

89 O4ITransmitter Serial Data output from Secondary Serial Port.

Floppy Disk Configuration. This input is read and latched during Reset to enable/disable the Floppy Disk

Controller.

Page 73

Name Number Type Description

CTS1J CTS2J

82, 92 I Clear to Send. This active low input for primary and secon da ry seri al po rts. Handshake signal which

notifies the UART that the modem is re ad y to re ceive d ata . The CPU can monitor the status of CTSJ signa l by reading bit 4 Modem status Register (MSR). A CTSJ signal state change from low to high after the last MSR read will set MSR bit 0 to a 1. If bit 3 of Inte rrup t Ena ble R eg ister is se t, the interrupt is generated when CTSJ changes state. The CTSJ sign al has no effect on the transmitter. Note: Bit 4 o f MSR is the complement of CTSJ.

DSR1J DSR2J

80, 90 I Data Set Ready. This active low input is for primary and seco nd ary se ria l ports. H an dsh ake sig na l whi ch

notifies the UART that the modem is ready to establish the communication link. The CPU can monito r the status of DSRJ signal by read ing bit 5 of Modem Status Re gister (M S R ). A DSRJ signal state changes from low to high after the last MSR read sets MSR b it 1 to a 1. If b it 3 of Interrupt Enable Register is set, the interrupt is generated when DSRJ changes state . Note: Bit 5 of MSR is the complement of DSRJ.

DCD1J, DCD2J

85, 87 I Data Carrier Detect. This active low input is for primary and secondary serial ports. Ha ndshake signal

which notifies the UART that carrier signa l is detecte d b y the mod em. Th e CPU can monitor the status of DCDJ signal by reading b it 7 of M odem Status Register (MSR ). A DC DJ si gnal state changes from low to high after the last MSR read will set MSR bit 3 to a 1 . If bit 3 o f Interrupt Enable Register is set, the Interrupt is generated when DC DJ ch anges state. Note: bit 7 of MSR is the co mpleme nt of DCDJ.

RI1J, RI2J 84, 86 I Ring Indicator . This active low input is for primary an d se con dary serial ports. Handshake signal which

notifies the UART that the teleph on e ring signa l is detected by the modem. The CPU can mo nitor th e status of RIJ signal by reading bit 6 of Modem Status Register (MSR). An RIJ signal state change from, low to high after the last MSR read will set MSR bit 2 to a 1 . If bit 3 of Interrupt Enable Register is set, the interrupt is generated when R IJ cha ng es sta t e. N ote , bit 6 o f MSR is the comp le men t of RIJ.

DRV2

94 I

Drive 2. In PS/2 mode, this input indicates whethe r a se cond drive is connected: this signal should be low if a second drive is connected. This status is reflected in a read of Status Register A.

ADRxJ

O24

Optional I/O port address decode output. Defaults to tri-state after power-up.

This pin has 30 µA internal pull-up. Th is interrup t from th e p ara llel po rt enabled/disabled via bit 4 of the TR2 ECPEN1

O24 I

Parallel Port Control Register. Refer to Configu ration Registers CRC for more information.

Enhanced parallel port mode select. Read and latched during reset active.

SLCTINJ 73 O20 Printer select input. This active low signal selects the printer. This is the co mplement of bit 3 of the

Printer Control Register. INITJ 74 O20 Initiate Output. This active low signal is bit 2 of the printer control register. This is used to initiate the

printer when low. AUTOFDJ 76 O20 Autofeed Output. This active low output causes the printer to automatically feed on e line a fter e ach line is

printed. This signal is the com plem e nt of bit 1 of the Printer Control Re gi ster. STROBEJ 77 O20 Strobe Output. This active low pulse is used to strobe the printer data into the printer. This output signal is

the complement of bit 0 of the Printer Control Register. BUSY 61 I Busy. This signal indicates the status of the printe r. A high in dicate s the printer is busy and not ready to

receive new data. Bit 7 of the Printer Status Re gister is the comp lemen t of th e BU SY input. ACKJ 62 I Acknowledge. This active low output from the printer indicate s it has re ceived the data and is ready to

accept new data. Bit 6 of the Printer Sta tus Register reads the ACKJ input. PE 60 I Paper End. This signal indicates that the printer is out of paper. Bit 5 of the Printer Status Reg ister rea ds

the PE input. LCT 59 I Printer Selected Status. This active high output from the printer indicates that it has pow er o n. Bit 4 of the

Printer Status Register reads the SLCT input. ERRORJ 75 I Error. This active low signal indicates an error condition at the printer. PD0-PD7 71-68, 66-63 I/O20 Po rt Data. This bi-directional parallel data bus is used to transfer information between CPU a nd

peripherals. IOCHRDY 100 OD24 IOCHRDY. In EPP mode, this pin is pulled low to extend the read/write command. DRQA/

SICF1

23 O24IDMA Request. Alternate DMA request output for parallel port. Refer to CR5 bit 3.

Primary Serial Configuration 1. Read and latched during rese t active to select the address of the

Primary Serial Port. PINTR3/

24 O24IParallel Port Interrupt Request. Alternate IRQ output from Parallel Port. R efe r to CR0 bit 4 for more

information. SICF0

Primary Serial Configuration 0. Read and latched during rese t active to define the address of the

Primary Serial Port. IRTX2

CFG2

25 O4IAlternate IR Transmit output.

This pin is read and latched during reset active to select the h ard ware configuration port. This pin i s

internal pull high. If it is low during reset, the ha rdware configuration port defaults to 3 F 1h . If it is high

during reset, the hardware configuration port defaults to 39 8h . IRRX2

FACF

26 I Alternate IR Receive input.

Floppy Disk Address Control. This signal is read and latched during reset active. UR2IRQB 22 O24 Serial Port Interrupt Request. Alternate IRQ output from UART2, refer to C R0 bit 5.

Miscellaneous

PWRGD 58 I Power Good. This input signal indicate s that the power is valid. For de vice operation, PWRGD must be

active. X1/CLK1 20 ICLK Clock 1. This external connection for a parallel resonant 24 MHz crystal. ACMOS compatible oscillator is

required if crystal is not used.

Page 74

Name Number Type Description

X2/CLK2 21 OCLK Clock 2. This is a 24 MHz crystal. If an external clock is used, this pin should not be co nn ecte d. Th is pin

should not be used to dri ve any other drivers. Vcc 15, 72 P Power. +5 Volt s upply pin . Vss 6, 47, 67, 95 P Ground pins.

Type Descriptions:

I Input TTL compatible IS Input with Schmitt Trigger I/O20 Inpu t/Ou tpu t with 1 6 mA sink @ 0 .4 V, so urce 16 mA @ 2.4 V I/O24 Inpu t/Ou tpu t with 2 4 mA sink @ 0 .4 V, so urce 12mA @ 2.4 V I/O36 Input/Output with 36 mA sink @ 0.4 V, source 8 mA @ 2.4 V ICLK CLK input at 24 MHz OCLK CLK output at 24 MHz O4 Output with 4 mA @ 0.4 V, source 4 mA @ 2.4 V O16 Output with 16 mA sink @ 0.4 V, source 8 mA @ 2.4 V O20 Output with 16 mA sink @ 0.4 V, source 16 mA @ 2.4 V O24 Output with 24 mA sink @ 0.4 V, source 12 mA @ 2.4 V O36 Output with 36 mA sink @ 0.4 V, source 8 mA @ 2.4 V OD24 Open drain outputs, sinks 24 mA @ 0.4 V OD36 Open drain outputs, sinks 36 mA @ 0.4 V

12-4. FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM

IORJ

IOWJ

AEN A0-A9 A0-A7

FDRQ

DACKJ

PINTR3

TC UR2IRQB UR2IRQA UR1IRQB UR1IRQA

PINTR1 PINTR2

FINTR

RESET

DFRQA

DRQB DACKA DACKB

A10

IOCHRDY

Host

CPU

Interface

SERIAL CLOCK

Clock Gen

CLK1 CLK2

PWRGD

Power

Management

ADDRESS BUS

CONTROL BUS

765A

Compatible

Floppy Disk

Controller

Core

INDEXJ TRK0J DSKCHGJ WRPRTJ WGA TEJ

DENSEL DIRJ STEPJ DRA TE0 DRA TE1 HDSELJ

DATA BUS

Configuration

Registers

WDATA

WCLOCK

RCLOCK

RDATA

DS0,1J MTR0,1J

Data Separator with Write

Precompensa

tion

WDATAJ,RDATAJ

Multi-Mode

Parallel

Port/FDC

MUX

16C550

Compatible

Serial Port 1

with

Infrared

16C550

Compatible

Serial Port 2

with

Infrared

PD0-7

BUSY,SLCT,PE, ERRORJ,ACKJ

STROBEJ,SLCTINJ, INITJ,AUTOFDJ

TXD1(IRTX),CTS1J, RTS1J

RXD1(IRRX)

DSR1J,DCD1J, RI1J,DTR1J

TXD2,CTS2J, RTS2J,IRTX2

RXD2,IRRX2

DSR2J,DCD2J, RI2J,DTR2J

Page 75

13. SYSTEM CONTROLLER 2

13-1. PSC2 FEATURE OUTLINE

Sharp’s L Z9A100 00 is us ed as t he PS C2, c ontr olli ng th e dev ice s connected to the ISA bus. BIOS ROM control

MASK ROM control ROM and RAM disk con trol The PSC2 internally expands dedicated interrupts to allow ISA inter-

rupts to be assigned. Incorporated DOS convertible UART2 channel Incorporated UART2 channel for VFD I/F Incorporated UART1 channel for touch panel Incorporated 2 channels of MCR I/F Incorporated 4 channels of drawer I/F Incorporated 2 channels of CKDC I/F Incorporated mode key I/F and clerk key I/F Supported input ports of system SW Incorporated 2 channels of 8-bit timer counter Decoded output of super I/O upper address Reset control

13-2. MEMORY CONTROL

13-2-1. BIOS ROM CONTROL

Up to 512K bytes o f flash ROM memor y with 16-bit c onfigur ation ca n be used as BI OS ROM. The interf ace is designed t o be connect ed to the ISA bus.

The PSC2 outp uts address A18 sign al to the BIOS ROM. So when setting the BIOS ROM area to C0000H to FFFFFH using a chip set, this area can be accessed in 256 K byte s.

13-2-2. MASK ROM CONTROL (Not used)

Up to 4M bytes of mask ROM memory with 16-bit configuration can be used as mask ROM. The interface is designed to be connected to the ISA bus. The specifications of decoding is as the following table, so MROMCS# signal is generated.

13-2-3. FLASH ROM CONTROL (Not used)

Up to 8M by te s o f fl as h R OM mem or y wi th 16- b it c on fig ur at io n ca n b e used as flash ROM. The interface is designed to be connected to the ISA bus. FROS0# area:

Bank base address + 000000H to 003FFFH Bank 200H to 27FH

FROS1# area:

Bank base address + 000000H to 003FFFH Bank 280H to 2FFH

FROS2# area:

Bank base address + 000000H to 003FFFH Bank 300H to 37FH

FROS3# area:

Bank base address + 000000H to 003FFFH Bank 380H to 3FFH

13-2-4. RAM DISK CONTROL (Not used)

Up to 8M bytes of PS RAM wi th 16- bit co nfigu rati on can be cont roll ed as a RAM disk. The interface is designed to be connected to the ISA bus. PRAS0 area:

Bank base address + 004000H to 007FFFH Bank 000H to 03FH

PRAS1 area:

Bank base address + 004000H to 007FFFH Bank 040H to 07FH

PRAS2 area:

Bank base address + 004000H to 007FFFH Bank 080H to 0BFH

PRAS3 area:

Bank base address + 004000H to 007FFFH Bank 000H to 1FFH

The refresh control of pseudo SRAM is performed as follows:

Use a refresh cycle to disable the decode output to the pseudo SRAM during the refresh cycle, and output a refresh signal with the speed of about 135ns from the PSC2 to OE#/RFSH# of the pseudo SRAM. So the pseudo SRAM can be refreshed automatically without taking the arbitration with other bus masters into consideration.

After power off (POFF#="0") is detected, if the power down of DC 5V (PWRGOOD="0") is detected or 200ms elapsed, PWRGD signal is automatically set to "0" by hardware. Applications must be completely shunted before the PSC2 automatically shutdowns. When resetting using the software, enabli ng the shutdo wn enable bi t (bit 0 o f specia l system register 1) allows hardware reset. After enabling this bit, the pseudo SRAM goes in self refresh cycle with synchronized with the refresh cycle. After powering up again and REFRESH signal is outputted and stable, disable the shutdown enable bit. Then the pseudo SRAM is refreshed in automatic refresh mode.

13-2-5. BIOS BANK CONTROL

This is a register to set banks in 512K bytes of BIOS ROM. Data set in the BBR0 is output from BA18.

13-2-6. BANK BASE ADDRESS CONTROL

This is a register to set the base address of the ROM and RAM disk bank.

13-2-7. MASK/FLASH ROM BANK CONTROL (Not used)

This is a register to set the bank address of the mask/flash ROM. When bank base address + 0000H to 3FFFH is used as a bank, ROBA8-0 is output to BA8-0. ROBA9-7 is used to generate the CS signal of the mask/flash ROM.

13-2-8. PS RAM BANK CONTROL (Not used)

This is a register to set the bank address of PS RAM. The bank base address + 4000H to 7FFFH is used as a bank. RABA8-0 is output to BA8-0. ROBA8-6 is used to generate the C S signal o f PS RAM.

13-3. I/O CONTROL

13-3-1. SPECIAL SYSTEM REGISTER

The special system register has a input port reading setup data defining the system configuration of hardware and software, offset register setting a base address to relocat ably place each inter nal register of the PSC2 on the I/O space, COM decode control register, and shutdown register.

This special system register uses fixed I/O address ranging from 07F0H to 07F1H. This addres s is in the are a used by the FDC, ho wever this address is non-selected address of super I/O. So systems using the PSC2 are limited to a system in which address 07F0H to 07F1H is not selected as an address decoded by the FDC, or a system which uses the super I/O chip.

13-3-2. INTERRUPT EXPANSION AND ASSIGN

CONTROL

The interrupt control lines on the ISA bus used in the PSC2 are 6 lines: IRQ3, IRQ4, IRQ9, IRQ10, IRQ11, and IRQ 15 .

Each interrupt control line is output by taking OR between signals on the ISA bus and the interrupt signal in the PSC2. UART2 can be assigned to IRQ2, and UART1 c an be assi gned to IRQ4. PC-X dedicated interrupt (IRQX) can be assigned to IRQ9. UART1, 2, and 5 can be assigned to IRQ10 and 11. UART1/2 and IRQX can be ass i gned to IRQ15.

IRQX is a si gnal gener ate d by taki ng OR among inte rrup t cont ro l from the POS dedicated device.

Assignment to each IRQ is controlled according to the setting of interrupt assign register 0 and 1 (IAR0 and 1).

The PSC2 internal interrupt expansion consists of a maskable interrupt source register (ISR), which is the source of interface OR-com-

Page 76

posed from each interrupt input, interrupt mask register (IMR) controlling the mask control , status read level register (SRL) reading the status of input which is not masked, sta tus re ad register (SRR) reading edges, and status clear register (SCR) generating edges for the next interrupt.

INT EVENT

SRL

LEVEL EDGE

SCR

MASKABLE

IMR

SRR

OR GATE

IRQ9/15

ISR

DATA BUS

IBM-PC’s 8259 is programmed based on rising edges and incorporates edge generators on the rear ste p of each inter rupt handling of level in put. Edge s a re ge ner ated bas ed on t he ou tput of OR- com posi tion when performing dummy writing to the SCR.

The steps generating an edge for general interrupts are as follows:

1) Read the ISR.

2) Check the factor of interrupt.

3) Perform the handling of interrupt for each factor.

4) Write clear the corresponding SCR bit to generate the following edge.

Read in in terrupt disabl e state and clear the correspon ding bit to "1" to wri te.

5) Return from the interrupt handling.

13-3-3. RS232 INTERFACE

2 UARTs (8250) for RS232 are incorporated in the PSC2 as a Mega Macro Func tion. UAR T1 and 2 ar e decoded as follow s by the se tting of bit 7 of the SSR0 register.

Bit 7: CMOS (decode control of UART1 and 2) SW7=1:DOS compatible COM3/COM4 mode (initial value)

COM3: 3E8H to 3EFH (8-byte ad dre ss) COM4: 2E8H to 2EFH (8-byte ad dre ss)

SW7=0: Unique decode mode

Unique: PSC2+410H (16-byte address) i.e. UART1 unit: PSC2+(410-417H)

UART2 unit: PSC2+(418-41FH)

The assignment of interrupt can be freely defined using system SW6 of special system register 0 and th e a ssig n re gi ster.

The hardware configuration conforms to the RS232 of AT specifications.

13-3-4. DRAWER INTERFACE

The I/O port driving the dr awer solenoid is composed of the i nternal gates of PSC2.

When power off (ACL signal = "0") is detected, each output port is preset and th e driving of the drawer s olenoid is i mmediate ly stopped. The driving time of the drawer solenoid is auto m at ically set to 45m s by the hardware timer control afte r turning each drive port ON.

13-3-5. CKDC INTERFACE

As previously defined, the CKDC interface, is 2 sets of 8-bit serial interface is incorporated in the PSC2. Thi s interface is composed of an 8-bit par allel -in/par allel- out shi ft re gister and a SCK F regis ter for generating shift clock. Also CKDCRES1/2 signals (reset of CKDC) and SHEN1/2# signals (shift enable signal) must be prepared as CKDC

interface. However SHEN1/2# are used in the PSC2 as dedicated signal pins inputting interrupt events.

SCKF is outpu tted to SCK pin wit hou t the lo gic change d and pr es et to "1" by RESET. The serial data is in the form of LSB first. SCKF operates with synchronized with SCK, and the operation speed depends on the speed of CPU because the shift ope ration needs to c l ear and set SCKF by software control for e ach bit.

STH is shif ted i n by the ri sing of SCK, and s hifted out by the falli ng of SCK. The shift-in and shift-out have a margin to the delay of line because of 1/2 bit of phase difference.

SDRCS

STH (SERIAL INPUT)

DATA BUS

SCKFCS

RESET

8 BIT SHIFT REG.

OUTPUT

F/F

SCKF

HTS (SERIAL OUTPUT)

HTS (SHIFT CLOCK)

13-3-6. TIMER COUNTER

The PSC2 incorporates 2 8-bit hardware free run counters necessary to control dedicated devices. This 8-bit counter can be read or written as TCNT register 0 and 1, counted up by input clock. This input clock is selected using CLOCK SELECT (2 bits respectively) of the TCR register. When TCNT0 is equal to the value of timer compare constant register (TCC0), compare match signal can be generated and a maskable interr upt can be ge nerate d. Also whe n TCNT1 is equa l to TCC1, compare match signal can be generated and a maskable interrupt can be generated. When the TCNT0 overflows, an overflow signal can be generated and a maskable interrupt can be generated.

Types of internal timer interrupt

IS14: TINT0# (timer compare match interrupt 0) IS13: TINT1# (timer compare match interrupt 1) IS12: TOINT# (timer overflow interrupt)

CLOCK

DATA BUS

CKS

INTERUPT

DATA BUS

CLOCK

CLOCK SELECT

MATCH0

CONTOROL LOGIC

MATCH1

CLOCK SELECT

COMPARE MATCH

OVF

COMPARE MATCH

TCC0

TCNT0

8BIT COMPARE

TCC1

TCNT1

8BIT COMPARE

13-3-7. MCR INTERFACE

This interface has 2 channels containing 96 bytes of FIFO respectively. Read data are stored in the FIFO. Each channel functions independently, so the 2 chan ne ls ca n b e re ad simultaneously.

Description of Read Operation

1) The MCR inte rface goes into the status of waiting for reading a card after the following settings are pe rforme d by the main CPU.

• Setting a mode: Sets a mode corresponding to the standard of the

handled card (JBA/ABA/IATA ).

• Setti ng a star t mar k: S ets a star t mar k cor respon ding t o the stan d-

ard of the card.

Page 77

• Resetting the interrupt: Resets the interrupt because no card can

be read when any interrupt is active.

2) After a card is scanned, the MCR interface changes serial data of the MCR to parallel data. Changed data is written in the FIFO buffer at e very chara cter in orde r from the st art mark to the LRC. The FIFO buffer has the capacity of 96 bytes, and the number of characters in a card correspondi ng to each standard is as follow s:

JBA (JIS II type): 72 characters maximum (8 bits a character) ABA (MEGA MACRO FUNCTION II type second track): 40

characters maximum (5 bits a character) IATA (JIS I type first track): 79 characters maximum (7 bits a

character)

The 2 FIFOs are prepared independently to 2 channels of interface. These FIFOs can be read simultaneously when connected to a MCR corresponding to JBA/ABA or IATA/ABA.

3) When a car d has been scanned, i nterrupts for the MCR interface are activated.

4) The main CPU reads taken card data from the FIFO buffer in the interrup t hand li ng. The m ain CPU can r ead the data us ing I N command of 0WAIT.

Even after the LC R which is the la st char act er of a car d was r ead, 10 to 20 characters of "0" remains in the FIFO buffers. So it is necessary to reset the FIFO before read enabling the next card after reading the LCR of the last data.

5) This MCR int er face does n ot r ead t he ne xt c ard un til inte rr upts are reset by the main CPU.

13-3-8. VFD INTERFACE

The PSC2 has 2 UARTs (8250) as Mega Macro Function. PSC+80XH is used as the I/O addr ess for this interface . Only TXD and D TR are outputted as UART sign al s from the PSC2.

UART3:PSC2+(800-807H) UART4:PSC2+(808-80FH)

13-3-9. ANALOG TOUCH PANEL INTERFACE

The PSC2 has a U ART (8250) as Mega Ma cro Functi on. PSC+ 81XH is used a s the I/O address for this interf ace. TXD, RXD, DTR, and CTS are inputted and ou tputted as UART signals from the PSC2.

UART5:PSC2+(810-817H)

13-3-10. GENERAL PURPOSE I/O PORT

A 6-bit I/O port used for gene ral purposes is configured in the PS C.

13-3-11. MODE KEY CONTROL AND CLERK KEY

CONTROL (NOT USED)

13-4. PIN ASSIGNMENT

Y737I

GND

Y737O

GND

IS3#

IS4#

KRES1

HTS1

STH1

SCK1

GND

HOP2

HOP1

HIP2

HIP1

HIP0

SW0

SW1

SW2

SW3

SW4

SW5

SW6

SW7

GND

VDD

TXD3

RXD3

DTR3#

DSR3#

RTS3#

CTS3#

DCD3#

RI3#

GND

TXD4

RXD4

DTR4#

DSR4#

RTS4#

DTS4#

DCD4#

RI4#

GND

VDD

TXD2

RXD2

DTR2#

DSR2#

RTS2#

CTS2#

PIRQ3

PIRQ4

PIRQ9

PIRQ10

PIRQ11

PIRQ15

PWRGD

GND

VDD

PRAS0

PRAS1

PRAS2

PRAS3

PSREF

BA18

GND

BA8

BA7

BA6

BA5

BA4

BA3

BA2

BA1

BA0

VDD

GND

MROS#

FROS0#

FROS1#

FROS2#

FROS3#

FROMRP#

FROMWP#

IS6#

GND

TEST1

TEST2

TEST3

TEST4

TEST5

CDV

VFDOFF#

FANON

PWRGOOD

PSCRO

PSCRI

POFF#

GND

GNDNCNC

157

158

159

160

161

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

176

177

178

179

180

181

182

183

184

185

186

187

188

189

190

191

192

193

194

195

196

197

198

199

200

201

202

203

204

205

206

207

208

PSC2

LZ9AM22

807978777675747372717069686766656463626160595857565554

99989796959493929190898887868584838281

156

GND SA23

155 154

SA22

153

SA21

152

SA20

151

SA19

150

SA18

148

SA17

148

SA16

147

GND

146

SA15

145

SA14

144

SA13

143

SA12

142

SA11

141

SA10

140

SA9

139

GND

138

SA8

137

SA7

136

SA6

135

SA5

134

SA4

133

SA3

132

SA2

131

GND

130

VDD

129

SA1

128

SA0

127

SD7

126

SD6

125

SD5

124

SD4

123

SD3

122

SD2

121

SD1

120

SD0

119

GND

118

IRQ15

117

IRQ11

116

IRQ10

115

IRQ9

114

IRQ4

113

IRQ3

112

REFRESH#

111

RESETDRV

110

VDD

109

GND

108

MCS16#

107

IOW#

106

IOR#

105

MEMW#

104

103

102

101

100

DCD2#

DR3

DR2

DR1

TXD

RI2#

GND

RXD1

DTR1#

DSR1#

IS53

RI1#

GND

CTS1#

RTS1#

DCD1#

DR0

GND

STH2

HTS2

SCK2

KRES2

VDD

GND

CLS2

CLS1

RDD1

TXD5

RXD5

RCP2

RCP1

RDD2

SIOCS#

CTS5#

RTS5#

DTR5#

DSR5#

DCD5#

ST2

ST1

ST0

ST3

RI5#

GND

AEN

GND

BALE

CFSR

MODR

MEMR#

Page 78

13-5. PIN DESCRIPTION

I/O Signal na me Function

No.

1NC 2 I Y737I CERAMIC RESONATOR CLOCK

3GND 4 O Y737O CERAMIC RESONATOR CLOCK

5GND 6 I IS3# STD CKDC INTERRUPT REQUEST

7 I IS4# STD CKDC SHIFT ENABLE (SHEN1#) 8 O KRES1 STD CKDC RESET

9 O HTS1 STD CKDC HOST TO SUB 10 I STH1 STD CKDC SUB TO HOST 11 O SCK1 STD CKDC CLOCK 12 GND 13 O HOP2 GENERAL-PURPOSE OUTPU T

14 O HOP1 GENERAL-PURPOSE OUTPU T

15 I HIP2 GENERAL-PURPOSE INPUT PORT 2 16 I HIP1 GENERAL-PURPOSE INPUT PORT 1 17 I HIP0 GENERAL-PURPOSE INPUT PORT 0 18 I SW0 DIP SWITCH 0 19 I SW1 DIP SWITCH 1 20 I SW2 DIP SWITCH 2 21 I SW3 DIP SWITCH 3 22 I SW4 DIP SWITCH 4 23 I SW5 DIP SWITCH 5 24 I SW6 DIP SWITCH 6 25 I SW7 DIP SWITCH 7 26 GND 27 VDD 28 O TXD3 RS-232 FRONT VFD TXD 29 I RXD3 RS-232 FRONT VFD RXD 30 O DTR3# RS-232 FRONT VFD DTR 31 I DSR3# RS-232 FRONT VF D DS R 32 O RTS3# RS-232 FRONT VFD RTS 33 I CTS3# RS-232 FRONT VFD CTS 34 I DCD3# RS-232 FRONT VFD DCD 35 I RI3# RS-232 FRONT VFD RI 36 GND 37 I TXD4 RS-232 CUSTOMER VFD TXD 38 I RXD4 RS-232 CUSTOMER VFD RXD 39 O DTR4# RS-232 CUSTOMER VFD DTR 40 I DSR4# RS-232 CUSTOMER VFD DSR 41 O RTS4# RS-232 CUSTOMER VFD RTS 42 I CTS4# RS-232 CUSTOMER VFD CTS 43 I DCD4# RS-232 CUSTOMER VFD DCD 44 I RI4# RS-232 CUSTOMER VFD RI 45 GND 46 VDD 47 O TXD2 RS-232 COM 4/6 TXD 48 I RXD2 RS-232 COM 4/6 RXD 49 O DTR2# RS-232 COM 4/6 DTR 50 I DSR2# RS-232 COM 4/6 DSR 51 O RTS2# RS-232 COM 4/6 RTS 52 I CTS2# RS-232 COM 4/6 CTS

INPUT

OUTPUT

(KIRQ1#)

PORT 2

PORT 1

I/O Signal name Function

No.

53 I DCD2# RS-232 COM 4/6 DCD 54 I RI2# RS-232 COM 4/6 RI 55 GND 56 O TXD1 RS-232 COM 3/5 TXD 57 I RXD1 RS-232 COM 3/5 RXD 58 O DTR1# RS-232 COM 3/5 DTR 59 I DSR1# RS-232 COM 3/5 DSR 60 O RTS1# RS-232 COM 3/5 RTS 61 I CTS1# RS-232 COM 3/5 CTS 62 I DCD1# RS-232 COM 3/5 DCD 63 I RI1# RS-232 COM 3/5 RI 64 GND 65 I IS5# OPT CKDC SHIFT ENABLE (SHEN2#) 66 O KRES2 OPT CKDC RESET 67 O HTS2 OPT CKDC HOST TO SUB 68 I STH2 OPT CKDC SUB TO HOST 69 O SCK2 OPT CKDC CLOCK 70 GND 71 O DR0 DRAWER DRIVE 0 72 O DR1 DRAWER DRIVE 1 73 O DR2 DRAWER DRIVE 2 74 O DR3 DRAWER DRIVE 3 75 I DS DRAWER OPEN SENSOR 76 I CLS1 MCR CARD LOADING SIGNAL 1 77 I RDD1 MCR READ DATA 1 78 VDD 79 GND 80 I RCP1 MCR READ CLOCK PULS 1 81 I CLS2 MCR CARD LOADING SIGNAL 2 82 I RDD2 MCR READ DATA 2 83 I RCP2 MCR READ CLOCK PULS 2 84 O SIOCS# SUPER I/O A15-A11 DECODE 85 O TXD5 RS-232 TOUCH PANEL TXD 86 I RXD5 RS-232 TOUCH PANEL RXD 87 O DTR5# RS-232 TOUCH PANEL DTR 88 I DSR5# RS-232 TOUCH PANEL DSR 89 O RTS5# RS-232 TOUCH PANEL RTS 90 I CTS5# RS-232 TOUCH PANEL CTS 91 I DCD5# RS-232 TOUCH PANEL DCD 92 I RI5# RS-232 TOUCH PANEL RI 93 GND 94 O ST0 MODE KEY/CLERK KEY STROBE 0 95 O ST1 MODE KEY/CLERK KEY STROBE 1 96 O ST2 MODE KEY/CLERK KEY STROBE 2 97 O ST3 MODE KEY/CLERK KEY STROBE 3 98 I MODR MODE KEY RETURN

99 I CFSR CLERK KEY RETURN 100 GND 101 I BALE ISA BUS ADDRESS LATCH EN ABLE

102 I AEN ISA ADDRESS ENABLE from CPU 103 I MEMR# ISA MEMORY READ COMMAND from

104 GND 105 I MEMW# ISA MEMORY WRITE COMMAND

106 I IOR# ISA I/O READ COMMAND from CPU

from CPU

CPU

from CPU

Page 79

I/O Signal name Function

No. 107 I IOW# ISA I/O WRITE C OMMAN D fro m CPU 108 O MCS16# MEMORY CHIP SELECT 16 to CPU 109 GND 110 VDD 111 I RESETDRV ISA SYSTEM RESET from CPU 112 I REFRESH# ISA D-RAM REFRESH from CPU 113 I IRQ3 ISA INTERRUPT REQUEST 3 from ISA 114 I IRQ4 ISA INTERRUPT REQUEST 4 from ISA 115 I IRQ9 ISA INTERRUPT REQUEST 9 from ISA 116 I IRQ10 ISA INTERRUPT REQUEST 10 from

ISA

117 I IRQ11 ISA INTERRUPT REQUEST 11 from

ISA

118 I IRQ15 ISA INTERRUPT REQUEST 15 from

ISA 119 GND 120 I/O SD0 ISA BUS D0 121 I/O SD1 ISA BUS D1 122 I/O SD2 ISA BUS D2 123 I/O SD3 ISA BUS D3 124 I/O SD4 ISA BUS D4 125 I/O SD5 ISA BUS D5 126 I/O SD6 ISA BUS D6 127 I/O SD7 ISA BUS D7 128 I SA0 ISA BUS SA0 129 I SA1 ISA BUS SA1 130 VDD 131 GND 132 I SA2 ISA BUS SA2 133 I SA3 ISA BUS SA3 134 I SA4 ISA BUS SA4 135 I SA5 ISA BUS SA5 136 I SA6 ISA BUS SA6 137 I SA7 ISA BUS SA7 138 I SA8 ISA BUS SA8 139 GND 140 I SA9 ISA BUS SA9 141 I SA10 ISA BUS SA10 142 I SA11 ISA BUS SA11 143 I SA12 ISA BUS SA12 144 I SA13 ISA BUS SA13 145 I SA14 ISA BUS SA14 146 I SA15 ISA BUS SA15 147 GND 148 I SA16 ISA BUS SA16 149 I SA17 ISA BUS SA17 150 I SA18 ISA BUS SA18 151 I SA19 ISA BUS SA19 152 I SA20 ISA BUS SA20 153 I SA21 ISA BUS SA21 154 I SA22 ISA BUS SA22 155 I SA23 ISA BUS SA23 156 GND 157 O PIRQ3 INTERRUPT REQUEST 3 to CPU 158 O PIRQ4 INTERRUPT REQUEST 4 to CPU 159 O PIRQ9 INTERRUPT REQUEST 8 to CPU 160 O PIRQ10 INTERRUPT REQUEST 10 to CPU 161 O PIRQ11 INTERRUPT REQUEST 11 to CPU

I/O Signal name Function

No. 162 O PIRQ15 INTERRUPT REQUEST 15 to CPU 163 O PWRGD POWER GOOD to CPU 164 GND 165 VDD 166 O PRAS0 STD PS RAM WORD CHIP SELECT 0 167 O PRAS1 OPT PS-RAM WORD CHIP SELECT 1 168 O PRAS2 OPT PS RAM WORD CHIP SELECT 2 169 O PRAS3 OPT PS RAM WORD CHIP SELECT 3 170 O PSREF PS RAM READ/REFRESH 171 O BA18 BIOS ROM BASE ADDRESS 18 172 GND 173 O BA8 BANK ADDRESS 8 174 O BA7 BANK ADDRESS 7 175 O BA6 BANK ADDRESS 6 176 O BA5 BANK ADDRESS 5 177 O BA4 BANK ADDRESS 4 178 O BA3 BANK ADDRESS 3 179 O BA2 BANK ADDRESS 2 180 O BA1 BANK ADDRESS 1 181 O BA0 BANK ADDRESS 0 182 VDD 183 GND 184 O MROS# MASK ROM CHIP SELECT 185 O FROS0# STD FLASH ROM CHIP SELECT 186 O FROS1# OPT FLASH ROM 1 CHIP SELECT 187 O FROS2# OPT FLASH ROM 2 CHIP SELECT 188 O FROS3# OPT FLASH ROM 3 CHIP SELECT 189 O FROMRP# FLASH ROM RESET/POWER DOWN 190 O FROMWP# FLASH ROM WRITE PROTECT 191 I IS6# FLASH ROM READY/BUSY-

(FROM BY#) 192 GND 193 I TEST1 TEST PIN 1 194 I TEST2 TEST PIN 2 195 I TEST3 TEST PIN 3 196 I TEST4 TEST PIN 4 197 I TEST5 TEST PIN 5 198 I CDV TEST PIN CDV (1:NORMAL 0:TEST) 199 O VFDOFF# VFD OFF 200 O FANON FAN ON/STANDBY INDICATOR ON201 I PWRGOOD 5V POWER GOOD 202 O PSCRO TEST RESET OUT 203 I PSCRI TEST RESET IN 204 I POFF# ACL INPUT from PS UNIT 205 GND 206 GND 207 NC 208 NC

Page 80

14. SYSTEM SWITCH

14-1. DIP SWITCH

The PSC2 simply reads switched signals from the DIP switch as hardware. The meaning o f DIP switch totally depends on the software.

1234567 8

Note : On the UP-5350, DSW-1, -2, -4, and -5 are ig no red .

When DSW-8 is set to on, the setting of DSW-7 is not valid.

ON OFF

: Default setting

DSW-8

Function

Serial3 & 4

decode mode

OFF

(value=1)

COM3 &

COM4

DSW-7

Function COM3 &

COM4 IRQ

assign

(Serial 3 & 4)

OFF

(value=1)

COM3=

IRQ11

COM4=

IRQ10

DSW-6

Function

CMOS

Initialize

OFF

(value=1)

Not Initialize

DSW-5 : Reserved (OFF) DSW-4 : Reserved (OFF) DSW-3

Function

Boot Drive

OFF

(value=1)

Drive A:

DSW-2 : Reserved (OFF) DSW-1

Function

Floppy Disk

Drive

OFF

(value=1)

Exit

ON (value=0)

COM5 &

COM6

ON (value=0)

COM3=

IRQ4

COM4=

IRQ3

ON (value=0)

Initialize

ON (value=0)

Drive C:

ON (value=0)

Not exit

MD16 MD17 MD18 MD19

MD20 MD21 MD22 MD23

VDRAM

MD0 MD1 MD2 MD3

VDRAM

MD4 MD5 MD6 MD7

VDRAM

RDWE#

RRAS#0

NC NC

RDWE#

RRAS#0

NC RMA0 RMA1 RMA2 RMA3

VDRAM

Vcc

I/O0

I/O1

I/O2

I/O3

Vcc

I/O4

I/O5

I/O6

I/O7

Vcc WE

RAS

14 15

A5 A6

Vcc

15-2. OPTION MEMORY

144-pin small outline DIMM

•

• Size: 8/16/32/64MB

• 3.3V single power source ( 0.3V)

• Consumption of electrical powe r (m ax):

stand-by = 14.4mW/Active = 3.48W

• Access time: 60ns (Maximum)

• EDO page mode

• Refresh: 15us

• CBR (CAS before RAS refresh)

• Bank 1

15-3. BLOCK DIAGRAM

Vss I/O15 I/O14 I/O13 I/O12

Vss I/O11 I/O10

I/O9 I/O8

Vss

LCAS

UCAS

A11 A10

A9 A8 A7

Vss

GND MD15 MD14 MD13 MD12

GND MD11 MD10

MD9

MD8

GND

RCAS#0

RCAS#1

RCAS#0 RCAS#1

GND RMA9 RMA8 RMA7 RMA6 RMA5 RMA4

GND

MD31 MD30 MD29 MD28

MD27 MD26 MD25 MD24

RCAS#2 RCAS#3

50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26

15. SYSTEM MEMORY

15-1. STANDARD MEMORY

4,194,034 words x 16 bi ts DRAM

3.3V single power source ( Access time: 60ns (Maximum) EDO page mode Refresh: 4096 cycles/64ms (15.62us) CBR (CAS before RAS refresh) Row x Column: 12 x 10 (asymmetric) Bank 0

0.3V)

MA[11:0]

RAS0#

A[11:0] RAS#

CAS0#

LCAS#

CAS1# CAS3# CAS5# CAS7#

D[15:0]

UCAS#

WE#

CAS[7:0]#

OE#

A[11:0] RAS# CAS[7:0]#

OE#

D[63:0]

WE#

FireStar

RAS1# RAS2#

CAS[7:0]#

DWE#

MD[63:0]

CAS2#

CAS[7:0]#

A[11:0] RAS# LCAS#

D[15:0]

UCAS# OE#

A[11:0] RAS# CAS[7:0]#

OE#

D[63:0]

MD[31:16]MD[15:0]

WE#

CAS4#

S.O.DIMM socket Bank 1 & 2

A[11:0] RAS# LCAS#

D[15:0]

UCAS# OE#

Standard RAM

A[11:0] RAS# LCAS#

D[15:0]

UCAS# OE#

Bank 0

MD[63:48]

WE#

MD[47:32]

CAS6#

WE#

Page 81

16. BIOS ROM

16-1. OUTLINE

Sharp’s LH28F004SUT-NC80 Composed of erase blocks divide d into 16KB even blocks 5V single power source (write , erase, and read) 512K words x 8 bits 40-pin TSOP (TYPE1) 4M bits flash ROM BIOS ROM area: C0000h to FFFFFh Bank switch between BIOS area and installer area

16-2. BANK SWITCH

Banks are switched by issuing address si gn al BA18 from th e PSC2.

Pin # Signal Memo

A/D Converter (y-axis starting electrode voltage monitor)

A/D Converter (x-axis starting electrode voltage monitor)

3 A y-axis detection power supply 4L

A/D Converter (the x-axis end electrode voltage monitor)

5 B x-axis detection power supply 6D

A/D Converter (y-axis end electrode voltage monitor)

7 C Touch coordinates dete ction A /D Converter

18. RESET CIRCUIT

18-1. BLOCK DIAGRAM

17. ANALOG TOUCH PANEL

17-1. OUTLINE

The analog touch panel is controlled by Fujitsu’s control IC N0100559-V021, and the CPU issues commands to this panel through serial interface.

Light load input type Communication mode: Full duplex communication mode, serial inter-

face Transmission rate: 9600 bps Data transmission method: asynchronous start-stop synchronization Signal level: TTL level Data format: Binary Bit form: Start bit (1) + data bit (8) + stop bit (1), non-parity Interface signal: RXD/TXD Sampling speed: 100pps maximum

17-2. TOUCH PANEL

Resistance film at the Film side

POFF#

PWRGOOD

P/S unit

Voltage

Detector

PHOL PHSN

300ms

200ms

ACL

SDEN

7F1h

PSC2

PWRGOOD

PWRGD

POFF#

RESETDRV

RSTDR RSTDRV#

PWRGD

FireStar PWRGD

RESET#

CPURST

RESET

Pentium

PWRGD

The RESETDRV in the PSC2 resets the ISA device in the PSC2. The PHOLD is a control signal tur ning ON/OFF of AC input by th e

software. The PHSNS is a sense signal. VOLTAGE DETECTOR

Resistance film at the Glass side

: Parts installed on the glass surface

: Electrode

RN5VL45C detection voltage : Min.

4.388V

TYP.

4.500V

MAX.

4.612V

VCC5 is detected as above.

Page 82

18-2. TIMING CHART

PWGOOD

(200ms)

ACL

SDEN

300ms

RESET#

RSTDR

(A)Power cut: SSR1 07F1h[1]=0 is set. (B)Power off: SSR1 07F1h[1]=0 is set. Power supply is assured only for 50ms from the falling of ACL, setting

SSR1 07F1h[1]=0 must be performed within 50ms from the falling of ACL. When this operation is not performed and the power supply is active, the PSC2 sets SSR1 07F1h[1]=0 at 200ms after the falling of ACL.

(A)

300ms

200ms

(A)

18-4. SHUTDOWN CONTROL

The power switch of UP-5350 is used to switch the ON state and stand-by state of terminal.

When starting up the terminal, the power switch is necessary to be set ON. When th e power swit ch is set to t he position o f stand-by mod e, the power source unit stops automatically. If HOP1 pin of the PSC2 is held (PHOLD=1) by the software, the power source unit continues to run until the software releases this holding.

If the software can not control shutdown, turning ON the shutdown switch on the side panel can force stand-by mode to be released. However, when the power switch is set ON, turning ON the shutdown switch does not stop the po we r source unit.

19. V ACUUM FLUORESCENT DI SPLAY (VFD)

19-1. UP-P20DP/I20DP

18-3. CONTROL OF POWER ON/OFF AND

General purpose p ort (P SC+408h)=588h

HIOP b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 Read 0 BLON PHOLD SLEEP 0 0 PHSNS MLOCK

Write 0 BLON PHOLD SLEEP 0 0 0 0 Bit 7: Not used. Bit 6: LCD Backlight ON signal

BLON = 0: LCD backlight ON BLON = 1: LCD backlight OFF

Bit 5: AC power supply hold signal

PHOLD="0": Power is turned off when the AC switch is set

OFF.

PHOLD="1": Power continues to be supplied even when

the AC switch is set OFF.

The initial value of PHOLD is "0" . To prohibit power off by the manual operation of the AC switch, set PHOLD to "1".

When not prohibiting power off by the manual operation of the AC switch, set PHOLD to "0".

PHOLD is designed in order to protect power off by the manual operation of the AC switch, so this signal is not effective for the stop of power supply du e to power cut etc.

Bit 4: SLEEP=0 Operation Mode The power fan turns and the

power source of LCD back light is connected.

SLEEP=1 Sleep Mode The power fan stops and the power

source of LCD back light is disconnected.

Note: UP-5350 must be always use d u nd er SLEEP=0 . Bit 3-2: Not used. Bit 1: Register sensing the status of AC switch

PHSNS="0": The AC switch is turned OFF.

PHSNS="1": The AC switch is turned ON. Bit 0: UP-5350 is not used (whether the CPU cooler motor is locked

or not is sensed).

(MLOCK=0: The motor is run ni ng .)

(MLOCK=1: The motor is not running.)

19-2. OUTLINE

Content of display: 5 x 7 dots (20 digits x 2 lines) + period + comma +

PSC2 internal UART4 is used as COM8. (RS-232C level I/F, serial, 8 bits, non-parity, 1 stop-bit, 9600 bps, and

RXD/DSR/DTR) When powering on, the

mark blinks automatically.

19-3. VFD CONTROL

The UART4 incorporated in the PSC2 as Mega Macro Function is used. The I/O address of this interface is PSC2+(808h-80Fh)=988h98Fh.

19-4. CONNECTOR SPECIFICATIONS

RJ45 (for UP-P20DP)

Pin No. Signal Function I/O

1+5V+5V — 2 ER Data terminal Ready O 3 SD Send Data O 4 SG Signal Ground — 5 SG Signal Ground — 6 (NC) (Not Connected) 7 DR Data set Ready I 8+5V+5V O

Connector (for UP-I20DP)

Pin No. Signal Function I/O

1 SG Signal Ground — 2 SG Signal Ground — 3 SD Send Data O 4 ER Data terminal Ready O 5 DR Data set Ready I 6+5V+5V — 7+5V+5V —

19-5. CAUTIONS

UP-P20DP and UP-I20DP can not be used simultaneously with installed on the same system because of their power capacity.

Page 83

20. DRAWER

21. MAGNETIC CARD READER (MCR)

20-1. OUTLINE

ER-03DW and E R-04DW, suppor ts 2 channels but o nly one drive is supported at a time.

The time in which the drawer is driven by the PSC2 is 45ms. Time elaps ed since th e drawer i s driven by the PSC2 u ntil DS si gnal

becomes active (sense active time) is 200ms. Drive shutdown feature depending on detecting power cut in the

PSC2.

20-2. DRAWER CONTROL

20-3. TIMING CHART

Solenoid ON

DR0-DR1

45ms Max.200ms

Detection Delay

Drawer Open Completed

Drawer manually close

Max.50usMax.50us

21-1. OUTLINE

UP-E12MR2 is the suggested MCR. UP-E12MR2 su pp ort s 2 c ha nnel s of MC R in ter fa c e. The se 2 ch an nel s

can be read simultaneously. 96 bytes of FIFO is incorporated in each channel.

21-2. CARD READ OPERATION

1) The MCR inte rface goes into the status of waiting for reading a card after the following settings are pe rforme d by the main CPU.

(1) Setting a mode:

Sets a mode correspondi ng to the standard of the handled card (JBA/ABA/IATA).

(2) Setting a start mark:

Sets a start mark corresponding to the standard of the card.

(3) Resetting the interrupt:

Resets th e interru pt becau se no car d can be rea d when any interrupt is active.

JBA (JIS 2 type): 72 characters maximum (8 bits a character) ABA (JIS 2 type second track): 40 characters maximum (5 bits

a character)

IATA (JIS 1 type first track): 79 characters maximum (7 bits a

character)

2 FIFOs are prepared independently to 2 channels of interface. These FIFOs can be read simultaneously when connected to a MCR supporting JBA/ABA or IATA/ABA.

3) When a car d has been scanned, i nterrupts for the MCR interface are activated.

4) The main CPU reads card data from the FIFO buffer in the interrupt hand l ing. The main CP U can read the data using IN command of 0WAIT.

5) This MCR int er face does n ot r ead t he ne xt c ard un til inte rr upts are reset by the main CPU.

Page 84

22. SERIAL PORT

22-1. OUTLINE

D-SUB 9-pin connector COM 1 and COM 2 are eq ui pped. 2 channels of RJ45 Connector COM port are equipped. COM 3 and COM 4 or or iginal I/ O address (C OM 5 and COM 6) ca n

be selected as the 2 channels of RJ45 COM port. In order to supply +5V power, CI signal and +5V po wer supply of COM

1 and COM 2 can be switch ed. Main PWB

+5v

(2) COM 3/5 RJ45

Pin No. Signal Function I/O

1 RS Request to Send O 2 ER Data terminal Ready O 3 SD Send Data O 4 SG/(+5V) Signal Ground/(+5V) — 5 SG Signal Ground — 6 RD Receive Data I 7 DR Data set Ready I 8 CS Clear to Send I

Note: To supply +5V to the No.4 pin, it is necessary to cut the

pattern between pins 1 and 2 of the J1 and to install a jumper wire between pins 2 and 3. (B y d efault, pin 4 is used as SG).

Main PWB

S1=COM1 : 1=+5v 3=CI S2=COM2 : 1=+5v 3=CI

22-2. CONNECTOR SPECIFICATIONS

(1) COM 1 & COM 2 D-SUB9

Pin No. Signal Function I/O

12 3

Install a jumper.

Pattern cutting

Main PWB

(3) COM 4/6 RJ45

Pin No. Signal Function I/O

1 RS Request to Send O 2 ER Data terminal Ready O 3 SD Send Data O 4 SG Signal Ground — 5 SG Signal Ground — 6 RD Receive Data I 7 DR Data set Ready I 8 CS Clear to Send I

Page 85

23. Power Supply

23-1. Vcc3 & Vcc2 Power Supply

Vcc5 = 5.0V Vcc3 = 3.3V Vcc2 = 1.9V

C525

C531 33p

C532 33p

R528

49.9kF

63.4kF

180p

R533

C534 180p

2 1

PWRGOOD

C528

0.01u C529

0.01u

C524

0.1u

R529 36kF

R530

R531

R532

20kF

C536

0.1u

15k

IC506

RUN/SS1

SENSE+

SENSE-

VOSENSE1

FREQSET

STBYMD

FCB

ITH1

SGND

3.3VOUT

ITH2

VOSENSE2

SENSE2-

SENSE+

LTC1628CG

C526 1000p

C530 1000p

TP504

C533 1000p

C535 1000p

FLTCPL

BOOST1

EXTVCC

INTVCC

PGND

BOOST2

RUN/SS2

TG1

SW1

VIN

BG1

BG2

SW2

TG2

C541 1u

C537

0.1u

D503 RB501V-40

D504 RB501V-40

C544

0.1u

FDS8963A

C539

0.1u

C540

4.7u/16V GRM230

FDS8963A

Q501A

R535

Q502A

L501

10uH

RCH-108

Q501B

FDS8963A

10u/6.3V (GRM225)

C551

C552 10u/6.3V (GRM225)

FDS8963A

Q502B

L502

10uH

RCH-108

R534

0.010

1/2W(RL3720W)

D501 SFPB54

C542

150uF/6.3V OS(SP)

C543

220uF/4V OS(SP)

D502 SFPB54

R536

0.010

1/2W(RL3720W)

VCC2

(VOUT1=1.9V)

VCC5

(VIN=5V)

VCC3

(VOUT2=3.3V)

23-2. VCC_CPIO POWER SUPPLY

Vcc5 = 5.0V Vcc_cpio = 2.5V (Vcc2R5)

IC41

REF

C35

0.1u

SHDN

GND

MAX1651

V+

EXT

OUT

R23

0.22F

4 Q7 Si9430

5,6

7,8

SFPB72

1,2,3

VCC5

L3 39uH

R25

100KF R24 150KF

C14 100u/10V OS(SA)

C160

0.1u

150u/6.3V

OS(SL)

23-3. POWER OUTPUT

+3.3V +5.0V (Fuse) +12.0V -12.0V

PCI/ISA slot 0mA 1,000mA (---) 50mA 0mA

PS/2 I/F --- 0mA (1,000mA) --- ---

C550 22u/10V GRM235

Serial 1 --Serial 2 --- (200mA) --- --VFD I/F --- 1,200mA (---) --- ---

MCR I/F --- 10mA (---) --- ---

95mA

Total 0mA 2,305mA (3,150mA) 50mA 0mA

VCC2R5

C32

C31 150u/6.3V OS(SL)

The 2 externa l slots supply max. 1,000 mA when the vol tage is +5 V, max. 50 mA when +12 V.

It is assumed that the VFD I/F and MCR I/F supply max. 1,200 mA a nd 10 mA respectively, when the voltage is +5 V. The PS/2 I/F allows the connecti on of the keyboar d for servici ng purpose only. It is not assumed that any device is connected permanently. The serial I/Fs (1 and 2) are u sed for the handy s canners and eithe r of the serial I/F s can receive a device with up to 95 mA.

However, wh en the vol tage is 5 V, the ma x. tota l current is 2,305 mA can be su pplied, so that th e seria l I/F ca n use + 5 V a t the maxi mum capacity of the fuse unless the total value exce ed the total current.

(200mA) --- ---

Page 86

24. REAL-TIME CLOCK (RTC)

The UP-5350 uses a BRNCHMARQ bq3285ESS for the real-time clock (RTC).

24-1. HARDWARE SETTING

Hardware Setting

Pin Name Internally at Reset Setting Function

1 MOT Pull low

(30kohm)

21 /RCL Pull high

(30kohm)

22 EXTRAM Pull low

(30kohm)

GND Intel bus timing

Pull high (10kohm)

RAM clear input disable

Default Extended RAM

disable

Hardware Setting

Pin Name Setting Function

31 MODE Pull high (VDD 4.7kohm) Interleaved Burst 64 ZZ Pull low (10kohm) Always active

(not used Sleep mode)

25-2. TAG RAM

256K(32K x 8-bit) Low Power 3.3V CMOS Fast SRAM

•

• Access time : 12ns (Max)

• Low standby current : 2mA (Max.)

• Package : 28-pin TSOP Type I

• I/O : LVTTL-compatible

• 3.3 V Single power source ( 0.3 V)

24-2. ADDRESS MAP

Bytes

13 14

114

Bytes

127

128

Bytes

127 7F

Clock and

Control Status

Registers

Storage

Registers

with

EXTRAM = 0

Not used

0D 0E

7F 000

Seconds

000

Seconds Alarm

1 2

Minutes Alarm

3 4

Hours Alarm

Day of Week

Date of Month

7 8

9 10 11 12 13

Minutes

Hours

Month

Year Register A Register B

01 02 03

BCD

Binary

Format

06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D

24-3. DC OPERATING CONDITIONS

Symbol Parameter Minimum Typical Maximum Unit

VCC Supply voltage 4.5 5.0 5.5 V VSS Supply voltage 0 0 0 V

VIL Input low voltage -0.3 – 0.8 V

VIH Input high voltage 2.2 – VCC + 0.3 V

VBC Backup cell voltage 2.5 – 4.0 V

25. CACHE SUBSYSTEM

Vcc3

HA[18:5]

A14 A[13:0]

Tag 32Kx8

OE# CE#

D[7:1]

WE#

DIRTY-TAG0

TAGWE#

TAG0

TAG[7:1]

FireStar

TAGWE#

25-3. CONFIGURATION

System memory = max.96MB L2 cache memory = 512K B Tag RAM = 32KB

32-bit CPU Physical Address

A31

32KB

A25 A19

7-bit Tag RAM range

A25 A19

7-bit Data wide Tag RAM

A18

512KB cache address range

A18

INDEX(16KB)

Cache 1 Line is composed of 256-bit (32 KB). The cache comprises 16k lines in a ll. It covers up to 64MB main memory.

A4 A3

A4 /A3

/A4 A3

/A4 /A3

A0,A1,A2 (D0-D63) External

(D0-D63) 1st Burst

(D0-D63) 2nd Burst

(D0-D63) 3rd Burst

25-1. L2 CACHE MEMORY

•

64K word x 32-bit CMO S synchr onous Hi gh-speed S tatic Ra ndom

Access Memory

• Chip: 3.3 V power supply voltage VDD (3.1 ~ 3.6 V)

• I/O: 3.3 V/2.5 V power supply voltage VD DO (use d at 2.5 V)

• Synchronous operation, self-time write control, burst read/write,

pipeline operation

• 3.3V/2.5V LVTTL-compatible

• High-speed clock access time : 8ns (66MHz)

• Asynchronous output enable input : /G (86pin)

• Interleaved burst/Linear burst can be selected.

• Global write enable : /GW

• 3 chip enable : /CE, /CE2, /CE3

• 3-state output

Page 87

CHAPTER 6. BIOS SETUP UTILITY

1. OUTLINE

In the Up-5350, there is an utility that rewrites minimum required setup information at the system bootup which resides in ROM-BIOS. Setup data is undefined at the first system startup, so setup must be done Basically, system operation can be done just by doing initial setting in setup. Also, the BIOS in UP-5350 automatically detects memory size / HDD, which makes no need for running setup again after changing hardware (expanding memory, changing HDD, etc).

However, adding / removing second HDD will require running menu format setup.

2. STARTING PROCEDURE

There are 2 ways of starting setup, changing system SW and connecting PS/2 type full keyboard. Setup started by each procedure will be as follows.

Procedure for running setup Setup contents Start with system SW Setup data initialization Start with full keyboard Setup data initialization

Running setup in menu format

1) STARTING SETUP BY CHANGING SYSTEM SW

Setup data initialization will be processed when system is started with system SW (DSW-6) turned on.

Following shows the flow of this procedure.

START

Turn OFF

the power switch

Change the system SW (DSW-6) to ON position

Turn ON

the power switch

Buzzer beeps 3 times

1234567 8

DSW-6 Function CMOS initialize OFF(value=1) ON(value=0)

Not initialize Initialize

ON OFF

2) STARTING SETUP WITH FULL KEYBOARD

Starting and operating setup with full keyboard will require PS/2 type full keyboard. Only the num-pad is used to e nte r setup.

Procedure for starting setup is as follows.

Start the system. Press the following keys according to the type setup desired while

SETUP Available message appears on screen.

• Do setup initialization

On num-pad, press 9 and period at same time.

Buzzer will beep twice.

• Starting setup in menu format

On num-pad, press 7 and period at same time.

After 1 long beep, menu will be displayed.

The system will reset automatically after setup is te rminate d.

3. SETUP OUTLINE IN MENU FORMAT

The setup in m enu format is not requ i red during normal operation. Use only when checking the contents of setup during maintenance, or modifying setup contents required d ue to syste m op era t ion.

1) KEY ASSIGNMENTS

Following num-pad keys are used during operation of setup in menu format.

Key used Functions

5 Display help 3 (Pg Dn) Change setting (reverse) 9 (Pg Up) Change setting (forward) 7 (Home) Initialize all category displayed 1 (End) Return to previous value 8 (

) Change category (up)

2 (

) Change category (down)

4 (

) Change menu (left)

6 (

) Change menu (right) . (Del) Select submenu, confirm, execute 0 (Ins) End, return from submenu

Setup in menu format displays key assignment described in lower 2 lines. Ther e is a cas e that [Co ntinu e] and [OK ] is di splaye d whil e help and in some settings. In this case, press arbitrary key to go to next step. Press period when [Press Enter] is di spl aye d.

Message displays

notifying

initialization

complete

Turn OFF

the power switch

Change the system SW

(DSW-6) to OFF

position

END

"CMOS Initialize Complete PleaseRestart." Message displays

Setup data initialization complete

Page 88

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

-->

4. MENU TREE

Setup menu tree is as follows.

[MENU] [SUB MENU] [CATEGORY]

Main

IDE aDAPTER 0 Master IDE aDAPTER 0 Slave

Exut

System Time System Data

Discard Change & Exit Save Change & Exit

Get Default Value Load Previous Values Save Change

5. SETUP CONTENTS IN EACH CATEGORY

[System Time] / [System Date]

• Configuration for Time / Date in battery backup RTC. Arbitrary Time

/ Date can be configured.

• If RTC data is undefined, clock is initialized to time 00:00:00 and

date 2000-04-01

[IDE Adapter 0 Master] / [IDE Adapter 1 Master]

• Configures HDD type.

• IDE Adapter 0 Master is [Auto], IDE Adapter 1 Master is [None]

used for operation. For connecting second HDD, set IDE Adapter 1 Master to [Auto]. By setting to Auto, default size of HDD is automatically detected at BIOS bootup.

6. BIOS MESSAGE ON SYSTEM STARTUP

1) MESSAGE ON SYSTEM STARTUP

SHARP POS Terminal Firmware Version 1.0B 0000640K System RAM Passed

0031744K Extended RAM Passed 0512K Cache SRAM Passed Fixed Disk 0: Identified

(1) : Sign on message

When hardware initialization completes on PC/AT compatible part and VGA-BIOS initializes without error, system displays sign-on message.

(2) : Message when conventional memory check completes without

any errors.

(3) : Message when extended memory check completes without any

errors.

2 3 4

2) ERROR MESSAGE DISPLAYED WHEN SETUP RESUMES

Following mess ages are dis play ed und er 4 and b elow ea ch me ss age, "Setup available" is displayed sh owing starting setup enable d.

Message Error meaning

System battery is dead – Replace and run SET U P

System CMOS checksum bad – run SETUP

Real time clock error Configuration in RTC is invalid.

Backup cannot be do ne by lithium battery.

Data in CMOS RAM is corrupted

3) ERROR MESSAGE DISPLAYED WHEN HARDWARE IS UNUSUAL

Following messages are displayed if hardware is unusual. Following table shows meaning of error messages displayed on different positions.

• Message outputted by system RAM test (position 2 )

Message Error meaning

Nnnn K System RAM Failed at offset:nnnn

nnnn K Shadow RAM Failed at offset:nnnn

Failing Bits:nnnn Bit missing error occured by memory

W/R error occured in conventional memory at displayed addre ss

W/R error occured in Shado w R A M at displayed address

test

• Message displayed by Extended RAM test (position 3)

Message Error meaning

nnnn K Extended RAM Failed at offset:nnnn

Failing Bits:nnnn Bit missing error occured by memory

W/R error occured in extend ed m emory at displayed address

test

• Message displayed by CPU cache test (position below 3)

Message Error meaning

System cache error – Cache disabled

Error occured during cash test a nd disabled cash

• Message displayed by device test (position below 3)

Message Error meaning System timer error Timer chip (8254) error Keyboard controller error Error occured during KBC test Keyboard error Error occured during ful l ke ybo ard

connection test Diskette drive A error FDD error Incorrect Drive A type –

run SETUP Failure Fixed Disk HDD error Missing or Invalid NV

RAM token

Floppy Disk is not operating normally

R/W error occured in CMOS RAM

• Message displayed by parity error from bus (position undefined)

Message Error meaning Parity Check 1 Parity error (NMI) occured from system bus Parity Check 2 Parity error (NMI) occured from ISA bus

NOTE

[Message displayed during OS b oo t up ] Operating system not found

• Boot drive does not exist or OS is not written.

• Make so that OS can be booted and restart the system.

Page 89

CHAPTER 7. ABOUT UTILITY SOFTWARE

The UP-5350’s utility software are provided by SHARP.

1. Touch panel calibration utility progr am

[File name] : CALWINR. EXE (For Windows 98), CALWINRE.EXE (For Windows NT) [Out line] : This utility is for aligning touch posi tions a nd display position.

This utility should be used for ca libration when the following cases is occur.

• When touch panel driver was set up.

• When the touch panel device is exchanged in case like service.

Calibration data are written in "EEPROM". This utility is composed from the following screens.

• The calibration screen which performs the calibration operation.

• The drawing test screen which confirms a pressing position and displaying position on the touch panel after calibration is

finished.

NOTE : A full keyboard is necessary to operate this utility.

Touch panel driver must be set up in orde r to ru n th is u tility.

[Function] : Sets the position calibration for the touch panel.

To adjust it, use the touch pen of K-PAD (Keyboard enhanced Personal Digital Assistant).

PARTS CODE PARTS NAME MODEL

Touch pen K-PDA ZR-xxxx series

2. DOUBLE TAP SETUP UTILITY PROGRAM

[File name] : DBLTAP.EXE [Out line] : The double tap setup utility DBLTAP.EXE is used to improve double tap control over touch panel.

This utility can visually customize double tap recognition spee d a nd tol era nce area. Customized value will be saved independently to each user, and automatically reflected to touch panel operation.

[Function] : Configures tolerance distance for first tap and second tap upon double tap operation. (Area :Wide - Narrow)

Configures tolerance for time di ffere nce between first tap and seco nd tap upon double tap opera t ion.(S p ee d:S low - Fast)

3. ST AMP LOGO REGISTER UTILITY PROGRAM FOR POS PRINTER

[File name] : PRTUTIL.EXE [Out line] : This utility registers the stamp logo image to POS printer.

Supported printers are 2 types, UP-T80BP and ER-01 PU.

[Function] : Registration of 2 types of logo image and test print for U P -T80BP.

Registration of 1 type of logo image and test p rin t for ER -01 PU.

Page 90

12345678

(1/21)

VCC2R5 VCC3

V3A

V3B

V3C

1000p

C239

0.1u

C240

10u

C217

FB134

VCC_CPIO

1 3

FB509

BFD3580R2F

JP1

R200

22k

VCC_CPIO

(0)

R554

VCC5

R553

(0)

VCC3

V2F

V2B

(0)

V2A

R552

V2B V2C V2D V2E V2F V3CV3BV3A

V2A

FB131

VCC_CPIO

A20M#

AHOLD

ADS#

VCC_CPIO

A20M#

ADS#

AHOLDAPBE#0

IC40

AK08

AJ05

V04APAK02

AE05

ADS#

A20M#

AHOLD

APCHK#

AH3

KEY

AN0

VCC

AN0

VCC

AJ2

AJ1

E25

E17

AJ2

VCC

AJ1

VCC

E27

VCC

E21

VCC

AJ1

VCC

E15

VCC

B02

VCC

AN2

VCC

AN2

VCC

AN2

VCC

AN2

VCC

AN2

VCC

AG3

VCC

AE3

VCC

AC3

VCC

AA3

VCC

Y37

VCC

W37

VCC

U37

VCC

U33

VCC

T34

VCC

S37

VCC

Q37

VCC

N37

VCC

L37

VCC

L33

VCC

J37

VCC

G37

VCC

E37

VCC

A29

VCC

A27

VCC

A25

VCC

A23

VCC

A21

VCC

A19

VCC

AN1

VCC

AN1

VCC

AN1

VCC

AN1

VCC

AN1

VCC

AN0

VCC

AG0

VCC

AE0

VCC

AC0

VCC

AA0

VCC

Y01

VCC

W01

VCC

U01

VCC

S01

VCC

Q01

VCC

N01

VCC

L01

VCC

J01

VCC

G01

VCC

A17

VCC

A15

VCC

A13

VCC

A11

VCC

A09

VCC

A07

VCC

FB135

FB130

BR34

10kX4

BE#[0..7]

VCC_CPIO

1 8

2 7

3 6

4 5

1 8

2 7

3 6

4 5

(10k)

BR35 10kX4

R555

BE#1

BE#2

BE#3

BE#4

BE#5

BE#6

BE#7

AM02

AL09

AK10

AL11

AK12

AL13

AK14

AL15

AK16

BE0#

BE1#

BE2#

BE3#

BE4#

BE5#

BE6#

ADSC#

BE7#

1000p

C222

C213

0.1u

C218

BLM21*4

C194

BRDY#

BOFF#

CACHE#

R515

BRDY#

CACHE#

CPUTYP

BUSCHK#

BOFF#

BRDYC#

U03

Y03

Q35

AL07

Z04

S03

S05

X04

AJ01

BP2

BP3

BREQ

BOFF#

BRDY#

CACHE#

BRDYC#

BUSCHK#

0.1u

C208

R215

10p

VCC_CPIO

D/C#

1 8

BR29 10kX4

(0)

10kX4

BR47

D/C#

1 8

AE35

AK04

D36

D/P#

D/C#

CPUTYP

EADS#

FERR#

2 7

3 6

4 5

10k

R184

VCC_CPIO

2 7

3 6

4 5

2 7

3 6

4 5

D30

C25

D18

C07

F06

F02

DP0

DP1

DP2

DP3

DP4

DP5

HITM#

(10k)

C195

100p

R556

R516

R517

10kX4

1 8

BR48

EADS#

EWBE#

FERR#

FLUSH#

FRCMC#

HITM#

HOLD

Y35

AN07

P04

W03

AK06

AM04

Q05

AL05

AJ03

N05

DP6

DP7

AB04

HIT#

HLDA

HOLD

HITM#

EADS#

FERR#

EWBE#

FLUSH#

FRCMC#

NMI

INIT

INTR

R217

C254

39p

R216

C252

39p

C253

39p

NA#

KEN#

IGNNE#

LOCK#

M/IO#

IGNNE#

INIT

INTR

AA35

AA33

AD34

INIT

IERR#

IGNEE#

PEN#

INV

LOCK#

M/IO#

NA#

NMI

KEN#

Y05

AC33

AG05

U05

AH04

W05

Z34

Q03

R04

AC05

AL03

AF04

T04

INV

NA#

PCD

KEN#

PEN#

M/IO#

LOCK#

INTR/LINT0

PRDY

PCHK#

PM0/BP0

PM1/BP1

NMI/LINT1

SOCKET7

CPURST

R218

C255

39p

SMI#

CPURST

AC35

AK20

AL17

AB34

PWT

R/S#

SMI#

SCYC

RESET

W/R#

STPCLK#

SMIACT#

VCC_CPIO

10k

R201

R195

SMIACT#

Q33

AG03

M34

N35

N33

P34

TDI

TCK

TDO

TMS

TRST#

SMIACT#

CPUCLK

R177

10k

VCC_CPIOVCC_CPIO

(1k)

R542

VCC_CPIO

10k

750

W\R#

R212

R214

R213

AM06

AA05

H34

J33

L35

W/R#

PICD0

PICD1

PICCLK

WB/WT#

(10k)

R198

R203

STPCLK#

CPUCLK

BF0

BF1

AA03

X34

AE03

AC03

V34

Y33

AK18

AD04

BF1

BF0

CLK

PHIT#

PHITM#

PBRE0#

PBGNT#

STPCLK#

VCC_CPIO

AL0

C01

AN0

R501

AL1

W35

S35

R34

AN3

W33

S33

A37

AJ3

VSS

AJ2

VSS

AJ2

VSS

AJ2

VSS

AJ1

VSS

AJ1

VSS

AJ0

VSS

AJ0

VSS

E31

VSS

E29

VSS

E23

VSS

E19

VSS

E13

VSS

E11

VSS

A03

VSS

AN3

VSS

AM3

VSS

AM2

VSS

AM2

VSS

AM2

VSS

AM2

VSS

AM2

VSS

AM1

VSS

AM1

VSS

AM1

VSS

AM1

VSS

AM1

VSS

AM0

VSS

AL3

VSS

AJ3

VSS

AH0

VSS

AF3

VSS

AF0

VSS

AD3

VSS

AD0

VSS

AB3

VSS

AB0

VSS

Z36

VSS

Z02

VSS

X36

VSS

X02

VSS

V36

VSS

V02

VSS

U35

VSS

T36

VSS

T02

VSS

R36

VSS

R02

VSS

P36

VSS

P02

VSS

M36

VSS

M02

VSS

K36

VSS

K02

VSS

H36

VSS

H02

VSS

B28

VSS

B26

VSS

B24

VSS

B22

VSS

B20

VSS

B18

VSS

B16

VSS

B14

VSS

B12

VSS

B10

VSS

B08

VSS

B06

VSS

2 1

VCC_CPIO

(10k)

R199

R204

(10k)

R557

(0)

VCC_CPIO

(0)

R502

VCC_CPIO

10k

R504

R503

10k

R191

R193 10k

R197 10k

R194 10k

R202 10k

R190 10k

R192 10k

R186 10k

EADS#

FERR#

SMI#

SMIACT#

NA#

IGNNE#

HITM#

KEN#

(0)

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

A16

A17

A18

A19

A20

A21

A22

A23

A24

A25

A26

A27

A28

A29

A30

A31

AL35A4AM34A5AK32A6AN33A7AL33A8AM32A9AK30

AN31

AL31

AL29

AK28

AL27

AK26

AL25

AK24

AL23

AK22

AL21

AF34

AH36

AE33

1 8

2 7

3 6

4 5

1 8

2 7

3 6

4 5

1 8

2 7

3 6

4 5

1 8

2 7

3 6

4 5

1 8

2 7

3 6

4 5

HA3

HA4

HA5

HA6

HA7

HA8

HA9

HA10

HA11

HA12

HA13

HA14

33X4

BR31

BR32

BR30

1-1-1. CPU

1-1. PC

HA[3..31]

1. MAIN PWB

CHAPTER 8. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

1 8

HA22

HA23

HA15

HA16

HA17

HA18

HA19

HA20

HA21

33X4

BR33

BR28

K34D1G35D2J35D3G33D4F36D5F34D6E35D7E33D8D34D9C37

AG35

AJ35

AH34

AG33

AK36

AK34

AM36

AJ33

HD0

HD1

R179

1 8

2 7

3 6

4 5

2 7

3 6

4 5

HA24

HA25

HA26

HA27

HA28

HA29

HA30

HA31

33X4

BR27

BR26

D10

D11

D12

C35

B36

D32

HD2

HD3

HD4

HD5

HD6

HD7

HD8

HD9

HD10

HD11

HD12

V2A

1000p

C235

C236

0.1u

C232

10u

C29

C16

FB146

FB137

VCC2

D13

D14

D15

D16

D17

D18

D19

D20

D21

D22

D23

D24

D25

D26

D27

D28

D29

D30

D31

D32

D33

D34

D35

D36

D37

D38

D39

D40

D41

D42

D43

D44

D45

D46

D47

D48

D49

D50

D51

D52

D53

D54

D55

D56

D57

D58

D59

D60

D61

D62

D63

B04

D06

C05

E07

C03

D04

E05

D02

F04

E03

G05

E01

G03

H04

J03

J05

K04

L05

L03

M04

B34

C33

A35

B32

C31

A33

D28

B30

C29

A31

D26

C27

C23

D24

C21

D22

C19

D20

C17

C15

D16

C13

D14

C11

D12

C09

D10

D08

A05

E09

HD13

HD14

HD15

HD16

HD17

HD18

HD19

HD20

HD21

HD22

HD23

HD24

HD25

HD26

HD27

HD28

HD29

HD30

HD31

HD32

HD33

HD34

HD35

HD36

HD37

HD38

HD39

HD40

HD41

HD42

HD43

HD44

HD45

HD46

HD47

HD48

HD49

HD50

HD51

HD52

HD53

HD54

V2B

V2C

V2D

V2E

C237

1000p

C238

0.1u

10u

C233

C38

150u/6.3V

POSCAP*2

FB147

FB145

FB142

FB144

FB143

C215

1000p

C231

1000p

C214

0.1u

C230

C216

10u

C219

220u/6.3V

10u

FB141

FB138

FB140

FB139

V2F

1000p

C196

1000p

C205

0.1u

C204

C197

10u

C207

10u

C206

FB136

BLM21*12

N03

HD55

HD56

HD57

HD58

HD59

HD60

HD61

HD62

HD63

HD[0..63]

8 7 6 5 4

Page 91

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

-->

(2/21)

12345678

SA[0..23]

SD[0..15]

ISA

Interface

SA[0..23]

SD[0..15]

AC2

SD1

AD2

SD1

AE2

SD1

AF2

SD1

AD2

SD1

AE2

SD1

AF2

SD9

AE2

SD8

AF2

SD7

AF2

SD6

AF2

SD5

AE2

SD4

AE2

SD3

AD2

SD2

AD2

SD1

AD2

SD0

SA2

SA1

0 SA9 SA8 SA7 SA6 SA5 SA4 SA3 SA2 SA1 SA0

1 3

VFSC

AB2

JR500

VFS5AVFS5B

AB1 AB1

AB1

VFSA VFSB VFSC

*JR500:10k(1_2)

HD6

3 HD6

2 HD6

1 HD6

0 HD5

9 HD5

8 HD5

7 HD5

6 HD5

5 HD5

4 HD5

3 HD5

2 HD5

1 HD5

0 HD4

9 HD4

8 HD4

7 HD4

6 HD4

5 HD4

4 HD4

3 HD4

2 HD4

1 HD4

0 HD3

9 HD3

8 HD3

7 HD3

6 HD3

5 HD3

4 HD3

3 HD3

2 HD3

1 HD3

0 HD2

9 HD2

8 HD2

7 HD2

6 HD2

5 HD2

4 HD2

3 HD2

2 HD2

1 HD2

0 HD1

9 HD1

8 HD1

7 HD1

6 HD1

5 HD1

4 HD1

3 HD1

2 HD1

1 HD1

0 HD9 HD8 HD7 HD6 HD5 HD4 HD3 HD2 HD1 HD0

HD[0..63]

CPU

Interface

1-1-2. CHIPSET

DACK#[0..7]

IC32

2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 5 6 4 5 6

V23 V24 V25 V26 U23 U24 U25 U26 T22 T23 T24 T25 T26 R22 R23 R24 R25 R26 P23 P24 P25 P26 N22 N23

1 Y22 U22 L22

0 AB7

E20 E17 E11

5 H22

DACK#4

DACK#7

DACK#6

DACK#5

DACK#3

DACK#2

DACK#1

W13

W14

Y14

V13

FDATA0

FDATA1

FDATA2

SD1

0 SD9 SD8 SD7 SD6 SD5 SD4 SD3 SD2 SD1 SD0

TMS/SDRAS TDI TCK/SDCAS TDO

5VREF 5VREF VCC|ISA VCC|ISA VCC|ISA

VCC|PCI VCC|PCI VCC|PCI

VCC|DRA VCC|DRA VCC|DRA

HD6

3 HD6

2 HD6

1 HD6

0 HD5

9 HD5

8 HD5

7 HD5

6 HD5

5 HD5

4 HD5

3 HD5

2 HD5

1 HD5

0 HD4

9 HD4

8 HD4

7 HD4

6 HD4

5 HD4

4 HD4

3 HD4

2 HD4

1 HD4

0 HD3

9 HD3

8 HD3

7 HD3

6 HD3

5 HD3

4 HD3

3 HD3

2 HD3

1 HD3

0 HD2

9 HD2

8 HD2

7 HD2

6 HD2

5 HD2

4 HD2

3 HD2

2 HD2

1 HD2

0 HD1

9 HD1

8 HD1

7 HD1

6 HD1

5 HD1

4 HD1

3 HD1

2 HD1

1 HD1

0 HD9 HD8 HD7 HD6 HD5 HD4 HD3 HD2 HD1 HD0

BE7#V4BE6#V3BE4#V1BE5#V2BE3#W4BE2#W3BE0#W1BE1#

BE#7

BE#6

BE#[0..7]

M M M

E E E

DRQ[0..7]

DACK#0

Y13

FDATA3

BE#5

V12

FDATA4

3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6

BE#4

DRQ7

W12

FDATA5

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BE#3

DRQ4

FDATA6

DRQ6

Y12

FDATA7

5 4

3 2 1 0

BE#2

DRQ5

V11

BE#1

FDATA8

HA[3..31]

DRQ3

W11

BE#0

DRQ2

Y11

FDATA9

HA[3..31]

DRQ1

Y10

FDATA11

FDATA10

DRQ0

W10

AC5

HA31

VCC5

V10

FDATA13

FDATA12

HA30

HA31

AF4

HA30

VFS5A

PIRQ15

SCLK2/FDATA14

HA29

AD4

AE4

HA29

HA28

IRQ14

IRQ12

PIRQ15

IRQ14

IRQ12

PIRQ11

DE2/FDATA15

HA26

HA27

HA28

AE3

AF3

AC4

HA27

HA26

HA25

5 6 7 8

PIRQ11

HA25

BR25

R188

AD3

HA24

PIRQ10

HA24

10KX4

10k

PIRQ9

HA23

AF2

HA23

IRQ7

IRQ6

IRQ8#

IRQ7

IRQ6

IRQ8#

FDATA21W7FDATA20Y7FDATA19V8FDATA18W8FDATA17Y8FDATA16

FVSYNC2/FDATA23

FHSYNC2/FDATA22

HA20

HA21

HA22

AE1

AF1

AE2

HA22

HA21

HA20

4 3 2 1

RTCRD

PIRQ4

PIRQ5

PIRQ4

PIRQ5

M12

U13

FDATA25

FDATA24

HA18

HA19

AD2

AD1

HA19

HA18

TMS PLOCK

REQ3#

PIRQ3

L11

FDATA26

HA17

AC1

HA17

IRQ1

U11

FDATA27

HA16

AC2

HA16

M11

AC3

HA15

DBEW#

FDATA28

FDATA29L9FDATA30

HA14

HA15

AB1

HA14

DCS3#

U10

HA13

AB2

HA13

SPKR

RTCAS

RTCRD#

RTCWR#

RTCRD#

RTCWR#TCSBHE#

Y5DEW6

FPSCLK

LP/FHSYNCW5FP/FVSYNC

SBHE#

ROMCS#

KBDCS#

IOCHRDY

ROMCS#

KBDCS#

U14

V14

FPEN

VBIASEN

FPVDDEN

DCS1#

DDAK#

DCS1#

DDAK#

DA2

L10

FDATA31M9FDATA32

DA2

DA1

M10

FDATA33

FDATA34U8FDATA35U6FDATA36

DDRQ

DA0

DRD#

DWR#

RFSH#

SMRD#

SMWR#

R558(10k)

TP510

DDRQ

DA0

DRD#

DWR#

SMWR#

SMRD#

R16

T16

T15

T14

T13

T12

T11

T10

FDATA37

FDATA38

FDATA39

FDATA40

FDATA41

FDATA42

FDATA43

FDATA44T9FDATA45T8FDATA46N5FDATA47

AT Core Logic

FireStar Plus(82C700 Plus)

HA3Y4HA4Y3HA5Y2HA6Y1HA7

HA8

HA9

HA10

HA11

HA12

AA3

AA2

AA1

AB4

AB3

HA12

HA11

HA10

HA9

HA8

RTCRD#=1

PCICLK1 Output

82C700 Strap Select

BRDY#

AA4

HA7

HA6

HA5

HA4

HA3

BOFF#

LOCK#

BRDY#

AHOLD

(1k)

R543

BRDY#

AHOLD

BOFF#

VCC_CPIO

LOCK#

FERR#T1IGERR#

M/IO#Y5D/C#T3W/R#

ADS#

KEN#R2EADS#T4HITM#R4CACHE#T2AHOLDU3LOCK#U2BOFF#

AC6

AA5

AE5

CACHE#

HITM#

KEN#

EADS#

ADS#

D/C#

W/R#

M/IO#

FERR#

IGNNE#

SMI#

IGNNE#

KEN#

EADS#

FERR#

ADS#

M/IO#

W/R#

D/C#

HITM#

CACHE#

AEN

BALE

IOR#

IOW#

IOCHRDY

IOCS16#

MEMR#

MEMW#

MEMCS16#

BALE

W18

FB124

MEMR#

MEMW#

IOR#

IOW#

AEN

IOCS16#

MEMCS16#

Y18

V17

W15

Y15

U17

V18

W17YP17CT17

RED

IREF

BLUE

GREEN

USR0/SCL

USR1/SDA

CRTVSYNC

CRTHSYNC

STOP#

TRDY#

IRDY#

SYSCLK

DEVSEL#

FRAME#

SYSCLK

BLM21

FRAME#

IRDY#

TRDY#

DEVSEL#

STOP#

L12

J12P0N19P1N18P2P20P3P19P4N17P5P18P6R20P7R19P8R18P9T20

CVBS

IREF2

CPAR

NOWS#

CHCK#

MSTR#

BREQ#

SERR#

PERR#

BGNT#

NOWS#

MSTR#

CHCK#

TP52

TP51

BGNT#

BREQ#

SERR#

PERR#

CPAR

PLOCK#

T19

U20

T18

U19

P10

P11

P12

432-Pin BGA

NMI

INTR

CPUINIT

NA#

CPURST/RSMRST

SMI#

SMIACT#U1STPCLK#

A20M#

AD5

AF5

SMIACT#

NMI

INTR

A20M#

NA#

SMI#

INTR

NMI

NA#

A20M#

SMIACT#

AE6

STPCLK#

CPURST

STPCLK#

AD6

INIT

CPURST

INIT

AC24

RSTDRV#

RESET#

H26

PWRGD

RSTDRV#

PWRGD

CDOE#/PIO0P1CACS#/DIRTYP3BWE#/RAS4#P4GWE#/RAS5#

PCICLK

14MHZE532KHZC7CPUCLK

AB6

CDOE#

FS32K

FS14M

FSCLK

PCICLK

C251

1 1 1

C248

C249

FS14M

FS32K

PCICLK

FSCLK

TAG6/CASX6#

TAG7/CASX7#

TAGWE#/PIO1

ADSC#/PIO2P5ADV#/PIO3

A10

TAG7

TAG6

TAG5

GWE#

BWE#

ADV#

CACS#

ADSC#

TAGWE#

10k

R187

10p*2

C250 2 2

10k

R178

10p*3

C247

VCC_CPIO

PLOCK#

REQ3#

GNT3#

REQ3#

V20

W19

P13

P14

P15

TAG5/CASX5#

TAG4

TAG3

TAG2

N20

M19

PCLK

HREF

TAG0/CASX0#

TAG1/CASX1#/START#D9TAG2/CASX2#/START#C9TAG3/CASX3#/SBOFF#B9TAG4/CASX4#

TAG1

TAG0

PCICLK0

M18

M20

VREF

E22

TAG[0..7]

BLANK

RSV/RAS4#

C/BE#3

RAS3#/MA12

C12

C/BE#2

C/BE#1

C/BE#0

Y16

M17

CKIN

~STOP_AGP ~AGP_BUSY

RSV/TMS

E10

AB5

TMS1

DWE#

C/BE#[0..3]

PALCLK

REFCL

MCKIN ~EXCKEN ~CLKRUN

~PDOW

IDSEL

~INTA

~RS ~RE ~GN

~STOP

~FRAM

~IRDY

~TRDY ~DEVSEL

~PM

~PIPE

~RB

SB_ST

AD_STB1 AD_STB0

SBA SBA SBA SBA SBA SBA SBA SBA

C/~BE C/~BE C/~BE C/~BE

AD3 AD3 AD2 AD2 AD2 AD2 AD2 AD2 AD2 AD2 AD2 AD2 AD1 AD1 AD1 AD1 AD1 AD1 AD1 AD1 AD1 AD1

RAS2#

DWE#

B12

RAS#2

DWE#

PCI Interface

AD3 AD3 AD2 AD2 AD2 AD2 AD2 AD2 AD2 AD2 AD2 AD2 AD1 AD1 AD1 AD1 AD1 AD1 AD1 AD1 AD1 AD1 AD9 AD8 AD7 AD6 AD5 AD4 AD3 AD2 AD1 AD0

MA1 MA1 MA9 MA8 MA7 MA6 MA5 MA4 MA3 MA2 MA1 MA0

MD6 MD6 MD6 MD6 MD5 MD5 MD5 MD5 MD5 MD5 MD5 MD5 MD5 MD5 MD4 MD4 MD4 MD4 MD4 MD4 MD4 MD4 MD4 MD4 MD3 MD3 MD3 MD3 MD3 MD3 MD3 MD3 MD3 MD3 MD2 MD2 MD2 MD2 MD2 MD2 MD2 MD2 MD2 MD2 MD1 MD1 MD1 MD1 MD1 MD1 MD1 MD1 MD1 MD1 MD9 MD8 MD7 MD6 MD5 MD4 MD3 MD2 MD1 MD0

CAS#7 CAS#6 CAS#5 CAS#4 CAS#3 CAS#2 CAS#1 CAS#0

Interface

AD[0..31]

1 0 9 8

VFS5B

C183

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 0

3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

CAS#[0..7]

RAS#[0..2]

CAS#[0..7]

C182

1000p

FB570

BLM21

VCC5

C199

10u

FB129

BLM21

C191

C203

1000p

VFS5A

VFSB

C190

C200

C545

FB128

FB520

VCC_CPIO

VFSA VFSC

C198

FB127

FB126

VCC3

NMI

BR22

3 6

4 5

VCC_CPIO

RTCAS

RTCWR#

MA[0..11]

MD[0..63]

BR37

3 6

4 5

MA[0..11]

MD[0..63]

2 1

0.1u

1000p

10u

BLM21*2

C201

C192

1000p

C202

1000p

C184

10u

C246

10u

FB125

BLM21*3

DBEW#

PCICLK0

10KX4

1 8

2 7

ROMCS#

KBDCS#

10KX4

8 7 6 5 4

1 8

2 7

C/BE#[0..3]

82C700 PLUS

K20

7 L20 L19 L18

E20 K19 K18

J18

J19

B19 A19

C18 B18 C17 A18

PAR

9 E

E10 E

L16

P16 N16

E14

E15

E16

F16

G16

H16

J16

K16

E13

ST2

E12

ST1

E11

ST0

F18

A20

B17

B14

J20

CLK

H20

H19

H18

G20

G19

G18

F20

F19

E19

E18

D20

D19

D18

C20

C19

B20

C16

A17

B16

A16

C15

B15

A15

AD9

C14

AD8

A14

AD7

C13

AD6

B13

AD5

A13

AD4

C12

AD3

D11

AD2

B12

AD1

A12

AD0

RAS0#

RAS1#

E12

E13

RAS#1

RAS#0

DRAM

Page 92

12345678

(3/21)

MD61

MD62

MD63

134

136

138

D61

D62

D63

MD32

MD33

MD34

MD35

MD36

MD37

MD59

MD60

MD57

MD58

124

126

128

132

D57

D58

D59

D60

MD48

MD49

MD50

MD51

MD52

MD53

MD54

MD55

MD56

100

122

D56

MD46

MD47

MD38

MD42

MD43

MD44

MD45

MD39

MD40

MD41

MD27

MD28

MD29

MD30

MD31

127

131

133

135

137

D27

D28

D29

D30

D31

D32 4D33 6D34 8D3510D3614D3716D3818D3920D4038D4140D4242D4344D4448D4550D4652D4754D4884D4986D5088D5190D5294D5396D5498D55

MD0

MD1

MD26

121

123

125

D1989D2093D1887D2297D23

D25

D26

MD10

MD11

MD12

MD13

MD14

MD15

D1451D1553D1683D1785D2195D24

MD16

MD17

MD18

MD19

MD20

MD21

MD22

MD23

MD24

MD25

MD2

MD3

MD4

MD5

MD6

MD7

MD8

MD9

D1041D1143D1247D13

D0 3D1 5D2 7D3 9D413D515D617D719D837D9

NC57NC58NC59NC60NC61NC62NC65NC66NC68NC70NC72NC

RMA6

RMA7

VDRAM

12NC11NC15NC16

VCC 1VCC 6VCC

I/O13

I/O14

I/O15

MD30

MD31

VDRAM

12NC11NC15NC16

VCC 1VCC 6VCC

VCC

29A1 31A2 33A3 30A4 32A5 34A6103A7104A8105

101

102

113

RMA0

RMA1

RMA2

RMA3

RMA4

RMA5

10u

C234

VDRAM

C210

1000p

C227

0.1u

VCC

RAS-

RRAS#0

VCC

VSS26VSS39VSS45VSS

NEC,SC65165CL6

LCAS-

UCAS-

WE-

OE-

17NC 18NC 33

34NC 35

RCAS#3

RCAS#2

RCAS#3

RRAS#0

C211

1000p

0.1u

C228

VSS26VSS39VSS45VSS

RAS0#

RAS2#

VCC

CAS6#

CAS7#

114

129

130

143

144

116

118

RCAS#7

RCAS#6

RRAS#2

RRAS#1

RMA8

RMA9

RMA0

RMA1

A019A120A221A322A423A524A627A728A8

I/O0

I/O1

I/O2

I/O3

IC38

MD48

MD49

MD50

MD51

RMA0

RMA1

RMA8

RMA9

A019A120A221A322A423A524A627A728A8

WE#

CAS3#

CAS0#

CAS1#

CAS2#

CAS4#

CAS5#

RCAS#5

RCAS#4

OE#

117

115

142

RCAS#3

RCAS#2

RCAS#1

RCAS#0

RDWE#

GND

SDA

SCL

141

77NC 78NC 79NC 80

GND

54026-1440

144pin S.O.DIMM

107

108

119

120

139

140

2 1

C209

1000p

VDRAM

C226

12NC11NC15NC16

I/O14

I/O15

MD62

MD63

12NC11NC15NC16

0.1u

VSS26VSS39VSS45VSS

VCC

NEC,SC65165CL6

RAS-

LCAS-

RCAS#6

RRAS#0

VCC

UCAS-

WE-

OE-

17NC 18NC 33

34NC 35

RCAS#7

RCAS#6

RCAS#7

RRAS#0

1000p

C212

0.1u

C229

VSS26VSS39VSS45VSS

RRAS#[0..2]

RCAS#[0..7]

RMA10

RMA11

RMA2

RMA3

RMA4

RMA5

RMA6

RMA7

A1031A11

VCC 1VCC 6VCC

I/O6

I/O7

I/O8

I/O9

I/O10

I/O11

I/O12

I/O4

MD52

MD53

RMA2

RMA3

I/O13

I/O5

MD54

MD55

MD56

MD57

MD58

MD59

MD60

MD61

VDRAM

RMA4

RMA5

RMA6

RMA7

RMA10

RMA11

A1031A11

VCC 1VCC 6VCC

A13

A10

A11

A12

CN13

112

109

111

106

110

RMA10

RMA8

RMA9

RMA11

RMA[0..11]

MD[0..63]

RMA8

RMA9

A019A120A221A322A423A524A627A728A8

I/O0

I/O1

IC37

MD16

MD17

RMA8

RMA9

A019A120A221A322A423A524A627A728A8

RMA10

RMA0

I/O2

MD18

MD19

RMA0

RMA1

RMA11

RMA1

RMA2

RMA3

RMA4

RMA5

RMA6

RMA7

A1031A11

I/O6

I/O7

I/O8

I/O9

I/O10

I/O11

I/O3

I/O4

MD20

RMA2

I/O12

I/O5

MD21

MD22

MD23

MD24

MD25

MD26

MD27

MD28

MD29

RMA10

RMA11

RMA3

RMA4

RMA5

RMA6

RMA7

A1031A11

RMA[0..11] RMA[0..11]

MD[0..63] MD[0..63]

MA[0..11]

MD[0..63]

1-1-3. SYSTEM MEMORY

MD[0..63]

MA[0..11]

I/O6

I/O7

I/O8

I/O9

I/O10

I/O11

I/O12

I/O13

I/O14

I/O0

I/O1

I/O2

I/O3

I/O4

I/O5

IC36

MD0

MD1

MD2

MD3

MD4

MD5

MD6

MD7

BR42

22X4

BR40

22X4

RMA10

RMA9

RMA8

RMA7

RMA6

RMA5

RMA4

1 8

2 7

3 6

4 5

1 8

2 7

3 6

4 5

MA4

MA5

MA6

MA7

MA8

MA9

MA10

MA11 RMA11

I/O15

RAS-

LCAS-

UCAS-

WE-

MD8

MD9

MD10

MD11

MD12

MD13

MD14

MD15

RCAS#1

RCAS#0

RRAS#0

BR46

22X4

RRAS#1

RRAS#0

RMA3

RMA2

RMA1

1 8

2 7

3 6

4 5

MA1

MA2

MA3

DWE#

RMA0

BR43

1 8

2 7

RAS#0

MA0

RAS#1

RAS#[0..2]

NEC,SC65165CL6

OE-

17NC 18NC 33

34NC 35

RCAS#0

RCAS#1

RRAS#0

RRAS#[0..2]

RCAS#[0..7]

RDWE#

RCAS#6

RCAS#5

RCAS#4

RCAS#3

22X4

3 6

4 5

RAS#2 RRAS#2

DWE#

BR41 22X4

4 5

1 8

2 7

3 6

4 5

CAS#3

CAS#4

CAS#5

CAS#6

CAS#7 RCAS#7

CAS#[0..7]

I/O6

I/O7

I/O8

I/O0

I/O1

I/O2

I/O3

I/O4

I/O5

IC35

MD32

RCAS#2

RCAS#1

2 7

3 6

CAS#1

CAS#2

MD33

MD34

MD35

MD36

MD37

MD38

MD39

MD40

MD41

RCAS#0

BR39 22X4

1 8

CAS#0

RAS-

LCAS-

UCAS-

I/O9

I/O10

I/O11

MD42

MD43

MD44

WE-

I/O12

I/O13

I/O14

I/O15

MD45

MD46

RCAS#5

RCAS#4

RRAS#0

MD47

VCC3

NEC,SC65165CL6

OE-

34NC 35

17NC 18NC 33

RCAS#4

RCAS#5

RRAS#0

RDWE#

RRAS#[0..2]

RCAS#[0..7]

VDRAM

1000p

C22

10u

C21

FB37

BFS3580A0

8 7 6 5 4

Page 93

12345678

(4/21)

2 1

14PIN --- VCC5

IC16 : 7PIN --- GND

IC29 : 7PIN --- GND

C15

10u/16V

SMX06

74HC04

SPKR

VCC5

0.1u

C126

0.1u

C132

0.1u

C145

0.1u

C189

C142

1000p

VCC5

C13

0.1u

C161

0.1u

C173

0.1u

C133

C150

1000p

R110R3R112

SW3#

SW4#

B F

FB114

123456789101112131415

52030-1610

R117

R4R5R6

0.1u

GND

SW5#

SW6#

SW7#

SW8#

RSTSW#

B F

BLM21

FB122

BLM21

FB123

BLM21

FB121

BLM21

VCC5

BZ1

D108

1SS353

Q102

DTC114YK

IC16F

CN2

470*8

R119

R121

VKB

MCK

MDT

KDT

KCK

GND

SW1#

SW2#

0.1u

C116

FB1

BFD3580R2F

IF100

ICP-S1.0

PVCC5

BR14

10Kx4

VCC5

1234567891011

CN10

C154

C152

C149

C148

C151

C153

47px6

KSTB0

KSTB1

KSTB2

KSTB3

IC17

VCC

VCC5

DQ7

DQ6

DQ5

DQ4

KSTB4

DQ3

KSTB5

ELCO 00-6208-000-112-001

KRTN3

KRTN4

KRTN0

KRTN1

KRTN2

P1733P1634P1535P1436P1337P1238P1139P1040P0741P0642P0543P0444P0345P0246P0147P00

P3749P3650P3551P3452P3353P3254P3155P3056P2725P2626P2527P24

DQ2

DQ1

DQ0

P50

P51

P52

P53

P21

P22

P23

P44

P45

P61

P20

RD#

WE#

2200px4

C139

47pX5

C155

C157

C159

P60

RES#

CS#

C117 C138 C137

C156

C158

KBDATA

KBCLK

MSDATA

MSCLK

M38802M2

64pin TQFP

P4613P4316P4712P4217P40

P41

VSS

CNVSS

XIN

XOUT

KEY Controller

SD7

SD6

SD5

SD4

SD3

SD2

SD1

SD0

VCC5

BR15

47KX4

VCC5

SA2

R153

(0)

R157

10k

C144

330p

R156

SD[0..15]

SD8

SD9

SD10

246

CN108

135791113151719212325272931333537

A3E-44PA-2DSA

SD7

SD6

SD5

RSTDRV#

5 6 7

22kX4

BR24

5 6 7

BR20

22kX4

8 5 6 7 8

22kX4

BR21

C12

10u

VCC5

470

R583

SD11

SD12

SD13

SD14

SD15

1012141618202224262830323436384042

SD4

SD3

SD2

SD1

SD0

4 3 2 1

4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1

5.6k

R582

DA2

DRQ

DWR#

DRD#

DRDY

DDAK#

DIRQ

DA1

DA0

DWR#

DRD#

DDAK#

DA1

DA0

IC16E

IC16D

IC16C

IC16B

IC16A

DCS3#

IDE

DCS1#

DDRQ

DCS1#

DA2

DCS3#

74HC04

VCCIDE

DCS3#

DA2

DDRQ

2 3

74LS125

IC29A

IOCHRDY

DBEW#

74HC04

IC29D

74LS125

IC29C

74LS125

IC29B

74LS125

IRQ14

74HC04

1-1-4. KEY & IDE I/F

IRQ1

IRQ12

IOR#

IOW#

KBDCS#

RSTDRV#

IRQ12

IRQ1

IOR#

KBDCS#

IOW#

RSTDRV#

SYSCLK

8 7 6 5 4

Page 94

12345678

(5/21)

2 1

IC34F

4069

13 12

IC34E

4069

11 10

IC34D

4069

9 8

IC34C

4069

PCICLK2

R544

R14

GND4GND11GND17GND

VCC5

PERR#

STOP#

PERR#

RSTDRV#

PCICLK3

C546

10k

RSTDRV#

VCC3_GC

R545

120p

MK1492-04

R208

RXD7

VCON

120p

C547

FS32K

OSC32K

R11

R13

C20

27p

IC34B

4069

3 4

IC34A

VCC3

22k

VR2

20k VR

VR1

RXD7

BLON

PIRQ5

R580

+12V

VR2-2

20k VR

22.1kF

4069

R12 470k

R9 10M

1 2

32.768KHz

C18

18p

C19

15p

R209

8.2k

R207

2.32kF

VCC3

FB560

BFD3580R2F

VCC3_GC

1 3

VCC2R5

JP501

FS14M

FSCLK

CLK_L2

CPUCLK

R18

OSC14M

R19

IC39

R22

10M

MA-406

14.3181MHz

B F

FB133

VCC3

VCC5

C/BE#0

C/BE#2

AD30

AD28

AD26

F1(PEN)

14.3(OE)

XI2XO

R20

C28

C221

C224

C225

BLM21

AD24

AD22

R527

R17 33

R15 33

HOST210HOST312HOST4

EHOST1

SDCLK6SDATA7PCISTP#16CPUS#15VDD1VDD20VDD26VDD_HOST1,29VDD_HOST3,4

R21

22p

C27

1000p

0.1u

10u

B F

FB132

VCC_CPIO

VCC5

AD20

AD18

AD16

AD14

AD12

PCICLK

C25

C523

HOST5,7

10k

R210

BLM21

AD10

R16

10p

C24

C26

10p

10k

R211

C223

C220

5 6 7 8

AD8

120p

C23

10p

PCI(FS)

PCIF(LE)

PCI(SEL1)

PCI(CSSS)

HOST6,8(DS)

1000p

0.1u

AD6

AD4

48M/14M(SEL0)

TRDY#

FRAME#

BR36

10kX4

4 3 2 1

FRAME#

TRDY#

AD2

AD0

OSC14M

BR49

10kX4

5 6 7 8

VCC5

C/BE#

3 2 1 0

1-1-5. VGA CONNECTOR

414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364656667686970717273747576777879

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839

CN11

C/BE#3

C/BE#1

AD31

AD29

AD27

AD25

AD23

AD21

AD19

AD17

AD15

AD13

AD11

AD9

AD7

AD5

AD3

AD1

VCC5

C/BE#[0..3]

AD[0..31]

OSC32K

PCICLK2

BR38

10kX4

5 6 7 8

VCC3

IRDY#

CPAR

SERR#

FANON

TXD7

DEVSEL#

IRDY#

FANON

CPAR

SERR#

DEVSEL#

4 3 2 1

53489-0809

+12V

VR2-1

BGNT#

BREQ#

10k

R541

TXD7

10k

R540

VCC5

BGNT#

BREQ#

14PIN --- VCC3

IC34 : 7PIN --- GND

8 7 6 5 4

Page 95

12345678

(6/21)

VCC2

C550

22u/10V

GRM235

100u/10V OS(SA)

C14

VCC5

C242

R23

0.22F

V+

C543

10u/6.3V

(GRM225)

VCC5

(VIN=5V)

220uF/4V OS(SP)

VCC3

(VOUT2=3.3V)

R536

0.010

L502

10uH

1/2W(RL3720W)

RCH-108

D502

SFPB54

Q502B

FDS8963A

(VOUT1=1.9V)

R534

L501

10uH

0.010 1/2W(RL3720W)

D501

RCH-108

Q501B

C542

SFPB54

10u/6.3V

FDS8963A

(GRM225)

C551

150uF/6.3V OS(SP)

C552

VCC2R5

C31

150u/6.3V OS(SL)

C32

OS(SL)

150u/6.3V

R25

100KF

39uH

R24

150KF

1 2

1,2,3

5,6

7,8

4 Q7 Si9430

EXT

SFPB72

OUT

2 1

REF

VCC5

VRAM

IC41

(1u)

C179

10k

R166

VCC

AD6

AD7

IC27

Q501A

FDS8963A

0.1u

C537

TG1

SW1

FLTCPL

RUN/SS1

IC506

180p

C525

BOOST1

SENSE+

SENSE-

VOSENSE1

C526

1000p

R528

49.9kF

C539

0.1u

GRM230

C540

4.7u/16V

RB501V-40

D503

C541

VIN

BG1

FREQSET

STBYMD

PGND

INTVCC

EXTVCC

FCB

ITH1

SGND

C530

1000p

33p

C531

D504

RB501V-40

TP504

BG2

3.3VOUT

C532

Q502A

FDS8963A

C544

0.1u

TG2

SW2

BOOST2

ITH2

C533

1000p

33p

RUN/SS2

VOSENSE2

SENSE2-

SENSE+

LTC1628CG

C535

1000p

2 1

R533

63.4kF

C534

180p

SHDN

GND

MAX1651

C35

0.1u

C549

C548

32.768kHz

(??)

R581

X1 2X2

TP2

GND

SQW

EXTRAM

TP1

RCL#

RTC

AD0

AD1

AD2

AD3

AD4

AD5

MOT

INT#

RST#

R/W#

CS#

BQ3285ESS

15AS 14

1-1-6. RTC

C528

R530

0.01u

C529

15k

0.01u

C524

0.1u

R529

36kF

PWRGOOD R535

15k

R532

20kF

C536

1000p

SD7

SD6

SD5

SD4

SD3

SD2

SD1

SD0

VCC5

10k

R165

RTCAS

RTCRD#

RTCWR#

IRQ8#

RTCAS

RTCRD#

RSTDRV#

IRQ8#

RTCWR#

RSTDRV#

8 7 6 5 4

SD[0..7]

R531

Page 96

12345678

(7/21)

VCC5

2 1

PWRGD

RSTDRV

RST

PWRGD

SD7

SD6

SD5

SD4

D756D655D554D453D3

DRQ2

FDRQ

SD3

M5113 A2

GND

AEN

IOW

IOR

IRQ

DACK2

R131

TXD1

(1k)

R128

RXD1

PERROR#

PP0

PP1

PP2

PP3

PP4

PP5

PP6

PP7

PACK#

PBUSY

PPE

DSR1#

PSTROB#

PAUTOFD#

PINIT#

PSLCTIN#

DSR1#

TXD1

RXD1

TXD1

RXD1

DSR1J

PP0

PP1

PP2

PP3

PP4

PP5

PD071PD170PD269PD368PD466PD565PD664PD7

VCC

AUTOFDJ76STROBEJ

ERRJ

INITJ

SLCTINJ

GND

PSLCT

PP6

PP7

62PE60

ACKJ

SLCT

BUSY

SA[0..11]

SD[0..7]

SA[0..11]

SD[0..7]

R122

R124

R137

R134

R132

VCC5

DTR2#

C135

0.1u

CTS2#

DSR2#

RXD2

DCD2#

RI2#

DSR2#

DCD1#

TXD2

RXD2

DCD2#

RI2#

DCD1#

RI1#

DTR2#

RTS2#

CTS2#

RTS2#

RI1#

VCC5

CTS1#

DTR1#

RTS1#

VCC5

IC15

DTR1#

CTS1#

RTS1#

RTS1J

CTS1J

DTR1J

RT1

DCD1J

RT2

DCD2J

RXD2/IRRX

TXD2/IRTX

DSR2J

RTS2J

CTS2J

DTR2J

IRQ5/PINTR2/ADR

GND

DACK3

A10

DRQ

IRQIN/PDI

100

IOCHRDY

PIRQ5

IRQ5

JR100

(OPEN)

1-2-1. SUPER I/O

1-2. ISA STANDARD

DRVDEN0

MTR1J

MTR0J

DRV1J

DRV0J

STEPJ

DIR

SA10

IOCHRDY

R125

R129

DRQ3

DAK#3

DACK#3

VCC5

GND

RPM

STEP#

MTR0#

DIR

DRV0#

WRTPRTJ

TROJ

INDEXJ

HDSELJ

WDATAJ

WGATEJ

VCC

WGATE#

HDSEL

WDATA#

INDEX#

TRK0#

WRTPRT#

SIOCS#

IRQ11/UR2IRQB

IRRX2/FACF

IRTX2/CFG2

PINTR3/IRQ9/SIC

DRQ1/SICF1

RDATAJ

DSKCHG

SIRQ1/IRQ10

NCS

CLK2

CLK24

RDATA#

DSKCHG#

SIOCS#

IRQ10

CSTCV24.00MXOHL1

DACK1/PADCF

28A0 27A1 29A2 30

SICF

CFG2

FACF

SA1

SA2

SA0

R154

R151

IRQ11

R149

3.3k

R148

DACK#1

VCC5

SA3

SA4

SA5

SA6TCTC

IRQ3

IRQ4

IRQ7

IRQ6

DACK#2

IRQ3

IRQ4

IRQ7

IRQ6

DACK#2

SD0

SD1

SA7

SA8

SA9

SD2

IOR#

IOW#

AEN

IOR#

IOW#

8 7 6 5 4

DRQ1

DACK#1

Page 97

12345678

(8/21)

VCC5

RPM

C163

C37

68uH

47u/10V OS(SC)

13579

1000p

11131517192123

2 1

2468101214161820222426

FDD CN

CN110

R159

5597-26CPB

C172

1000p

R162 22

C165

1000p

BR9

5 6

C164

C166

1000p

C167

C171

1000p

VCC5

7 8 5 6 7 8

BR12

VCC5

R140

123456789101112131415

CN6

1kX4

4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1

1kX4

53047-1510

123456789

CN4

53047-1010

R107

R164

R160

R161

R163

VCC5

DIR

TRK0#

WRTPRT#

RDATA#

INDEX#

DRV0#

DSKCHG#

MTR0#

STEP#

WDATA#

WGATE#

HDSEL

1-2-2. FDD IF / PARALLEL PORT

C174

C178

470p

C176

C170

470p

1000p

PP0

PP2

PP4

PP6

PP[0..7]

PSTROB#

PP[0..7]

PINIT#

PAUTOFD#

PP1

PP3

PP5

PP7

PPE

PACK#

PBUSY

PSLCTIN#

PERROR#

PSLCT

8 7 6 5 4

Page 98

12345678

(9/21)

PVCC5

SERIAL1 CN

CN104

CI1

GND

CS1

ER1

SD1

SSS312

SD1

CI1

2 1

PF1

miniSMD020-2

B F

FB105 BLM21

RD1

ER1

B F

FB8 BLM21

FB7 BLM21

FB9 BLM21

D-SUB 9PIN

RS1

DR1

RD1

CD1

DR1

RS1

CS1

B F

FB11 BLM21

FB13 BLM21

FB12 BLM21

CD1

B F

FB6 BLM21

14PIN --- VCC5

IC14 : 7PIN --- GND

SSS312

CI2

2 1

PF2

miniSMD020-2

PVCC5

B F

FB112 BLM21

CN103

SD2

B F

FB15 BLM21

FB100 BLM21

RD2

SERIAL2 CN

D-SUB 9PIN

CI2

GND

ER2

B F

FB18 BLM21

CD2

CS2

RS2

DR2

SD2

RD2

ER2

DR2

RS2

CS2

FB14 BLM21

FB17 BLM21

FB16 BLM21

CD2

B F

FB10 BLM21

2 1

220p

C115

C131

330p

C123

VCC5

IC14A

75189

RI1#

IC8

1-2-3. SERIAL 1 & 2

220p

C106

0.1u

3254769

116

1415121310

+12V

TXD1

RXD1

DSR1#

DTR1#

C120

DSR1#

220p

RTS1#

CTS1#

220p

C121

MC145406

-12V

220p

C105

C129

330p

IC14B

75189

DCD1#

220p

C118

C127

330p

VCC5

IC14C

75189

RI2#

220p

C104

0.1u

C109

3254769

IC2

116

1415121310

+12V

RXD2

TXD2

RXD2

220p

C103

DSR2#

DTR2#

CTS2#

RTS2#

DSR2#

DTR2#

RTS2#

CTS2#

220p

C108

MC145406

-12V

220p

C130

C128

330p

IC14D

75189

DCD2#

8 7 6 5 4

Page 99

12345678

VCC3

(10/21)

VCC5

CHCK#

R172

10k

IC30B

74LS125

5 6

VCC5

BR18

10kx4

SD8

SD9

SD1

BR23

10kx4

BR16

10kx4

SD0

SD1

SD2

SD3

SD4

SD5

SD6

SD7

BR17

10kx4

SD[0..15]

R158

330p

VCC5

SD[0..7]

SD6

SD5

SD4

A1 1A2 2A3 3A4 4A5 5A6 6A7 7A8 8A9

SD3

SD2

SD1

SD0

C181

R175

IOCHCK#

VCC5

R170 1k

R123

IOCS16#

MEMCS16#

AEN

IOCHRDY

SA[0..23]

C168

100p

560p

C136

IOCHRDY

AEN

A1010A1111A12

SA[0..23]

SA19

SA18

SA17

SA16

SA15

SA14

SA13

SA12

SA11

SA10

SA9

A1313A1414A1515A1616A1717A1818A1919A2020A2121A2222A2323A2424A2525A2626A2727A2828A2929A3030A31

BR19

10kx4

DRQ

10k

R155

R7 10k

IRQ14

IRQ12

R546 10k

R547 10k

SBO#

SDONE

R145 (10k)

DRQ1

R143 10k

DRQ2

R133 10k

DRQ3

DRQ DRQ DRQ

2 1

IC30D

74LS125

12 11

MEMR#

MEMW#

R168

10k

R169

SA18

SA19

SA17

SD[8..15]

MEMR#

MEMW#

SD[8..15]

SD8

SD9

SD10

C1041C1142C1243C1344C1445C1546C1647C1748C18

REQ3#

PCICLK3

VCC5

PCICLK3

REQ3#

10k

SD11

R174

SD12

SD13

SD14

SD15

MLOCK

VCC5

MLOCK

535V54

615V62

TCK

CLK

TDO

GND

GND57GND

GND

PRSNT1#55PRSNT2#

C/BE3#

AD31

AD29

AD27

AD25

AD23

3.3V

GND

AD3163AD29

AD2766AD25

REQ#

AD23

C/BE3#

IRDY#

PERR#

C/BE2#

AD19

AD17

AD21

3.3V

GND

AD2172AD19

AD17

C/BE2#

SERR#

DEVSEL#

PLOCK#

C/BE1#

IRDY#

PERR#

SERR#

C/BE1#

DEVSEL#

PLOCK#

AD14

AD5

AD7

AD8

AD12

AD10

3.3V

GND

IRDY#

LOCK#

PERR#

SERR#

DEVSEL#

AD892AD7

3.3V

GND

AD14

AD1290AD10

C/BE1#

14PIN --- VCC5

IC30 : 7PIN --- GND

VCC3

AD1

AD3

985V995V100

AD595AD3

AD1

GND

VCC5

SBHE#

SA8

SA7

SA6

SA5

SA4

SA3

SA2

SA1

SA0

SBHE#

SA20

SA21

SA22

SA23

31C132C233C334C435C536C637C738C839C940

RSTDRV

2 3

IC30A

74LS125

R173

10k

VCC3

NOWS#

VCC5

CN17

101B2102B3103B4104B5105B6106B7107B8108B9109

R176

VCC5

RSTDRV SD7

74HC04

IC20C

R135

10kx4

R144

R147

R127

B10

B11

B12

B13

B14

B15

B16

B17

B18

B19

B20

B21

B22

B23

B24

B25

B26

B27

B28

B29

B30

B31

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131D1132D2133D3134D4135D5136D6137D7138D8139D9140

-12V

+12V

IRQ9

DRQ2

IOW#

IOR#

DACK#3

DACK#1

SMWR#

SMRD#

SMWR#

R120

10k

VCC5

IRQ9

RSTDRV#

DRQ2

10k

R118

SYSCLK

DRQ3

DRQ1

RFSH#

SMRD#

DACK#3

DACK#1

DRQ3

DRQ1

RFSH#

IOW#

IOR#

BALE

DACK#2

MEMCS16#

IRQ7

IRQ6

IRQ5

IRQ4

IRQ3

SYSCLK

IRQ7

IRQ6

IRQ5

IRQ4

IOCS16#

MEMCS16#

BALE

DACK#2

IRQ3

D10

D11

D12

D13

D14

D15

D16

D17

D18

TRST#

12V

TMS

TDI

GND

RST#

GNT#

GND

AD30

3.3V

AD28

AD26

AD24

IDSEL

3.3V

AD22

AD20

GND

AD18

AD16

3.3V

FRAME#

TRDY#

GND

STOP#

3.3V

SDONE

SBO#

GND

PAR

AD15

3.3V

AD13

AD11

GND

AD9

C/BE0#

AD6

GND

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

151

152

153

1545V1555V156

157

1585V159

160

161

162

163

164

165

167

168

169

166

+12V

VFAN

DACK#0

DACK#5

DACK#6

DACK#7

DRQ0

MSTR#

DRQ5

DRQ6

DRQ7

VFAN

DRQ5

DRQ6

DRQ7

DACK#5

DACK#6

DACK#7

R551

9 8

74LS125

R171

MSTR#

VCC3

IRQ10

IRQ11

IRQ15

IRQ14

DRQ0

IRQ12

IOCS16#

DACK#0

VCC5

IRQ10

IRQ11

IRQ15

IRQ14

IRQ12

IC30C

AD30

AD28

AD26

AD24

AD29

RSTDRV#

GNT3#

GND

170

171

172

173

174

175

176

178

179

180

181

182

183

184

185

177

AD22

AD20

AD18

AD16

FRAME#

TRDY#

FRAME#

186

AD15

CPAR

STOP#

SDONE

SBO#

CPAR

TRDY#

STOP#

AD4

GND

AD2

AD0

187

188

189

190

191

192

193

194

195

AD11

AD9

AD6

AD4

AD13

C/BE#0

196

AD2

1975V1985V1995V200

AD0

CON_200PIN(ELCO 20 5061 200 067 XXX)

VCC3

AD[0..31]

8 7 6 5 4

1-2-4. SLOT

Page 100

PWRGD

PIRQ15

PIRQ11

PIRQ9

PIRQ4

PIRQ3

PIRQ10

10kX4

VCC5

3 4

VCC5

IC20B

2 3

Q101

DTC114YK

R136

VCC5

SA21

SA22

SA23

Q100

ACL#

MLOCK

PHSNS

74HC04

DTC124GKA

BLON

R138

2 1

10k

RSTSW#

PRAS2

168

PRAS2#

PRAS3#

SA0

SA1

129

SA1

PRAS1

167

PRAS1#

SA2

132

SA2

5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8

PRAS0

166

PRAS0#

SA3

133

SA3

VCC5

134

SA4

SW7#

SW6#

SW4#

SW3#

SW2#

SW1#

SW8#

SW5#

BR5

10kX4

4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1

BR6

10kX4

SA19

HTS19STH1

SA20

152

SA20

KRES1

IS4 IS3

PWRGD PIRQ1 PIRQ1 PIRQ1

PIRQ9

PIRQ4

PIRQ3

HIP HIP HIP HOP HOP

TEST5

TEST4

TEST3

TEST2

TEST1

SA2 SA2 SA2

CDV

GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND

# #

5 1 0

0 1 2 1 2

3 2 1

VCC5

BR11

PSC

8 7 6 163 162 161 160 159 158 157 1

197 196 198 195 194 193

206 205 192 183 172 164 156 147 139 131 119 109 100 9

2 5 3

208 207 104 1

155 154 153

R114 10k

R115 10k

SA11

143

SA12

144

SA13

145

SA14

146

SA15

148

SA16

149

SA17

SW018SW119SW220SW321SW422SW523SW624SW7

SA17

150

SA18

SCK1

SA18

151

SA19

IS5#

HTS267STH2

SCK2

KRES2

SA4

SA5

SA6

SA7

SA8

SA9

SA10

135

136

137

138

140

141

142

SA5

SA6

SA7

SA8

SA9

SA10

SA11

DCD1#

IOR#

VCC5

107

CTS3#

IOW#

108

IOW#

RTS3#

RTS1#60CTS1#

MCS16#

111

MEMCS16#

R167

DSR3#

DTR3#

DTR1#

DSR1#

RESETDRV

REFRESH#

112

113

RFSH#

RSTDRV

10k

RXD3

RXD1

IRQ3

BA[0..7]

FROMBY#

MROS#

FROS0#

FROS1#

FROS2#

FROMRP#

FROMWP#

TXD3

190

191

IS6#

TXD1

FROMWP#

BA0

BA1

BA2

BA3

178

179

180

181

184

185

186

187

188

189

BA2

BA1

BA0

MROS#

FROS0#

FROS1#

FROS2#

FROS3#

FROMP#

VCC5

BA18

PSREF#

BA4

BA5

BA6

BA7

169

170

171

173

174

175

176

177

BA8

BA7

BA6

BA5

BA4

BA3

BA18

PSREF#

PSC2

IRQ4

IRQ9

IRQ10

IRQ11

IRQ15

VFDOFF#

FANON

PWRGOOD

PSCRO

PSCRI

POFF#

SD0

SD1

SD2

SD3

SD4

SD5

SD6

SD7

114

115

116

117

118

199

200

201

202

203

204

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

SD0

SD1

SD2

SD3

SD4

SD5

SD6

SD7

SA0

IRQ4

IRQ9

ACL#

FANON

IRQ10

IRQ11

IRQ15

PWRGOOD

(11/21)

12345678

to Touch Panel I/F

RXD4

RXD7

DTR5#

ST2

RXD5

ST3

VCC5

CTS4#

TXD5

4 3 2 1

CFSR

BR8

IC9

5 5 5 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9

7 7 7 7 7

7 7 8 8 8 8 8

9 9 9 9 9 9

2 4

7 110 130 165 182

TXD7

to VFD I/F

DSR6#

TXD6

DTR6#

BR10

10kX4

VCC5

DR1

DR0

CLS1

RDD1

VCC5

R126 10k

VCC5

BR7

RCP1

R130 10k

VCC5

10kX4

CLS2

to Built-In Printer I/F

DSR5#

CTS5#

RTS5#

5 6 7 8

ST1

ST0

SIOCS#

RCP2

RDD2

R113

10k

R116

DSR4#

TXD4

DTR4#

RTS4#

VCC5

10kX4

TXD2

RXD2

RTS2#

DTR2#

DSR2#

CTS2#

DCD2#

RI2

TXD

RXD

DTR

DSR3#

RTS3#

CTS3#

DCD3#

RI3

TXD

RXD

DTR4#

DSR4#

RTS4#

CTS4#

DCD4#

RI4

TXD

RXD

DTR5#

DSR5#

RTS5#

CTS5#

DCD5#

RI5

DR0

DR1

DR2

DR3

CLS

RDD

RCP

CLS

RDD

RCP

SIOCS

ST0

ST1

ST2

ST3

MOD

CFS

VDD

VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD

Y737I2Y737O4BALE

AEN

MEMR#

101

102

103

105

R141

7.37M 3

AEN

MEMR#

BALE

RI1#

MEMW#

106

MEMW#

1-3-1. PSC2

1-3. POS DEVICE

SD[0..7]

SA[0..23]

ACL#

PHOLD

8 7 6 5 4

RSTSW#

SHARP UP5350UB, UP-5350 Service Manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual